Document:

EX-10.1

 Exhibit 10.1 

MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT 
 This
Management Agreement is made and entered into on             , 2021. 

IMPERIAL PETROLEUM INC., a holding company registered and operating under the laws of the Republic of Marshall Islands having its registered address at
Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960 (hereinafter called “the Owner”), and 
 STEALTH
MARITIME CORP. S.A., a company registered and operating under the laws of Liberia, which has established an office at Athens, Greece, P.O. BOX 52939, 145 10 KIFISSIA- under the provisions of Law 89/1967 as amended (hereinafter called “the
Managers”), on the other hand. 
 WHEREAS, the Subsidiaries are the registered owners of the ships (the “Vessels”) particularly described in
Schedule A annexed hereto, as such Schedule may be amended from time to time 
 WHEREAS, the Owners wish to entrust the management of the Vessel to the
Managers upon the terms hereinafter set forth. 
 WHEREAS, the Managers main business is the operation of seagoing vessels and have the skills, know how and
experience for the managing, operating and manning of seagoing vessels and agree to act as the Managers of the Vessels. 
 NOW THEREFORE, in
consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants hereinafter contained, it is hereby agreed as follows: 
  

	1.	 The Owner hereby appoints the Managers and the Managers hereby agree to act as the Managers of the Vessels.

  

	2.	 The Managers undertake, on behalf of the Owner, to use their best endeavours and skills to provide the Services
listed hereunder, in accordance with sound ship’s management practice, and to protect and promote the interests of the Owner in all matters relating to the provision of the services described hereunder. 

 

	3.	 Subject to terms and conditions herein provided, during the period of this agreement the Managers will exercise
their best endeavours to protect and promote the interests of the Owner and shall carry out in an economical and efficient manner, as Agents, for and on behalf of the Owner, the duties described hereunder, will provide to the Owner the services
described hereunder, and will have authority to take such actions as the Managers may from time to time in their absolute discretion consider to be necessary to enable them to perform this Agreement in accordance with sound ship management practice.

  
 1 

	4.	 It is expressly agreed however, that the Managers in the performance of their duties and responsibilities under
this Agreement shall be entitled to have regard to their overall responsibility in relation to all vessels as may from time to time be entrusted to their management and in particular, but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the
Managers shall be entitled to allocate available supplies, manpower and services in such manner as in the prevailing circumstances the Managers, in their absolute discretion, consider to be fair and reasonable. 

 

	5.	 Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed so as to grant the Managers any interest in the Vessels, or in the
profits resulting from her operation or to create between the Owner and the Managers any relationship other than that of “Principal” and “Agent”. 

 

	6.	 Insurances 

The Managers shall arrange through competent brokers such Hull and Machinery, Protection and Indemnity, War Risks and other insurance covers as
the Owner shall have instructed or agreed, in particular as regards insured values, deductibles and franchises. 
 All insurances shall be in
the joint names of the Owner and the Managers if the Managers so wish; however, unless otherwise agreed no liability to pay premiums or P and I calls shall be imposed on the Managers, notwithstanding P and I cover restrictions which would thereby
result. 
 The Managers shall also be responsible for following up and maintaining in force and at all times valid all insurance policies and
entries of the Vessels with P and I Associations and shall also advise, if necessary, of the need to take out additional insurance and entries in order that the Vessels is fully covered against risks which might occur from any voyage in a high risk
area or from the carriage of dangerous or hazardous goods. 

  
 2 

	7.	 Manning 

The Managers shall directly or in co-operation with manning agents appointed by the Owner, select,
provide and recruit adequate, competent and qualified crew for the Vessels, as required by the Owner. These manning services include but are not limited to the following:- 
  

	a)	 Employment of Master, Officers and Crew of the Vessels; 

 

	b)	 Arranging for transportation of the Crew including repatriation; 

 

	c)	 Training of the Crew; 

 

	d)	 Supervision of the efficiency of the Crew and administration of all other Crew matters, such as relief planning
for the manning of the Vessels; 

  

	e)	 Payroll arrangements (payment of crew earnings and other lawful earnings of the crew); 

 

	f)	 Arrangement and administration of pensions and Crew insurance; 

 

	g)	 Discipline and union negotiations, labour relations and labour welfare; 

 

	h)	 Enforcement of appropriate standing orders; 

 

	i)	 Victualling; 

  

	j)	 Ship’s cash control; 

It is expressly agreed that the seamen to be recruited will always be the employees of the Owners and that the Managers will not be responsible
for “any damages” whatsoever (direct or indirect, physical, financial or consequential) affecting the Vessels and caused by any negligence, default or wilful misconduct of the crew members. 

  
 3 

	8.	 Chartering 

The Managers shall, in accordance with the Owner’s instructions, provide directly or through other independent brokers, chartering
services which include but are not limited to seeking and negotiating employment for the Vessels and the conclusion (including the execution thereof) of Charterparties or other contracts relating to the employment of the Vessels. 

 

	9.	 Technical Management 

The Managers shall provide technical management, by supervising the maintenance, safety, classification certification and repairs of the
Vessels so as to keep the Vessels in a suitable and efficient condition for her trading. This included but is not limited to the following functions:- 
  

	a)	 Supervision of the maintenance and general efficiency of the Vessels; 

 

	b)	 Arrangement and supervision of dry-dockings, repairs, alterations and
the upkeep of the Vessels to standards required by the Owner, provided that the Managers shall be entitled to incur the necessary expenditure to ensure that the Vessel will comply with all requirements and recommendations of the Classification
Society, with the Laws and Regulations of the Country of Registry of the Vessels and of the places where she trades and with all the appropriate Certificates for the Vessel’s trading as required by the International Regulations and that the
Vessels Trading Certificates are effective and valid at all times; 

  

	c)	 Appointment of surveyors and technical consultants as the Managers may consider from time to time to be
necessary; 

  

	d)	 Advising the Owner in advance regarding the dates that the Vessels are due for inspection or survey and about
any recommendation made by the Vessels Classification Society during such inspection or survey. 

  
 4 

	10.	 Operation 

The Managers shall provide for the operation of the Vessels, which includes but is not limited to the following functions:- 

 

	a)	 Issue voyage instructions; 

 

	b)	 Appointment of Agents and/or sub-agents and/or protecting agents;

  

	c)	 Appointment of stevedores; 

 

	d)	 Arrange cargo handling, loading and discharging of the Vessels; 

 

	e)	 Arrangement of the surveying of cargoes; 

 

	f)	 Provision of all other services incidental to the operation of the Vessels including, but not limited to, cargo
handling, port activities, pilotage, towage, wharfage, dockage, canal transits, etc. 

  

	11.	 Freight Collection and Freight Management. 

The Managers shall provide freight management which included but is not limited to the following functions:- 

 

	a)	 Calculation of hire and/or provision of voyage estimates and/or freight and/or demurrage and/or despatch monies
due from or due to the Charterers of the Vessels; 

  

	b)	 Collection of the Vessels income and in particular of all hire and/or freight revenues or all other monies of
whatsoever kind to which the Owner may be entitled arising out of the employment of or otherwise in connection with the Vessels. 

  

	12.	 Claims Handling 

The Manager shall handle and settle all claims arising out of the operation of the Vessels and of the management services provided under this
Agreement and shall keep the Owner informed regarding any incident of which the Managers become aware, which gives or may give rise to claims or disputes involving third parties. The Managers shall bring or defend actions, suits or proceedings on
behalf of the Owner, in connection with matters entrusted to the Managers according to this Agreement. 

  
 5 

 More particularly, the Managers shall make, adjust, apportion, resist, defend, settle or
abandon any claim by or on behalf of the Vessels or the Owner in respect of the insurance of the Vessels, machinery, apparel, fittings, freight earnings, demurrage, despatch, disbursements or any claim for salvage, towage, damages, average or any
other claim arising under any contract which concerns the Vessels in any way or any claim which arises out of the operation of the Vessels and, in this respect, to appoint, on behalf of the Owner, lawyers to handle claims, to institute legal
proceedings and to collect any such claims or monies on behalf of the Owner. However, in order to settle or abandon any claim advanced by the Owner in excess of US$ 200,000.-, the prior written consent of the Owner is necessary. 

The managers shall also have power to obtain legal or technical or other outside expert advice in relation to the handling and settlement of
claims and disputes or all other matters affecting the interest of the Owner in respect of the Vessels. Any costs incurred by the Managers in carrying out their obligations under this clause shall be reimbursed by the Owner. 

The Owner shall arrange for the provision of any necessary guarantee, bond or security. 

 

	13.	 Supplies/Provisions/Stores/Spares 

The Managers shall arrange for the supply of provisions, stores, deck and engine spares, as required for the Vessels operation, maintenance and
technical characteristics. 
  

	14.	 Bunkering 

The Managers shall arrange for the provision of bunker fuel, lubricants, etc., of the quality specified by the Owner as required for the trade
of the Vessels. 

  
 6 

	15.	 Accounting 

The Managers shall establish an accounting system which meets the requirements of the Owner and shall provide regular accounting information,
reports and records to the Owner. 
 The Managers shall also maintain the records of all income received, and costs and expenditures incurred
hereunder as well as data necessary or proper for the settlement of accounts between the parties. 
 In particular, the Managers shall
provide inter alia the following accounting services: - 
  

	a)	 Budget, Funding of Vessels operation 

(I) The Managers shall present to the Owner annually a budget for the following twelve months. The annual budget shall be prepared and
submitted to the Owner not less than 2 months before the anniversary date of the commencement of the Agreement. The Owner shall indicate to the Managers their acceptance and approval of the annual budget within one month of presentation and in the
absence of any such indication, it is presumed that the Owner approves said budget. 
 (II) The Managers shall follow as closely as possible
the said budget in the running/operation of the Vessels. The Managers shall produce every three months a comparison between budgeted and actual income and expenditure of the Vessels. 

(III) It is specifically agreed that the Managers will use the Vessels income to fund the Vessels running/operational costs. If the Vessels
income is not sufficient to cover these costs then the Owner shall upon demand put the Managers in funds for all the Vessels expenses and the Managers shall in no circumstances be required to use or commit their own funds to finance the provisions
of the management services. 

  
 7 

	b)	 Income collected and Expenses paid on behalf of the Owner 

All monies collected by the Managers on behalf of the Owner under the terms of this Agreement and all interest accrued thereon shall be held to
the credit of the Owner. 
 All expenses incurred and payments made by the Managers under the terms of this Agreement on behalf of the Owner,
including the Management fee, shall be debited against the Owner and shall be offset against monies collected as above. 
 In the event that
the payments and expenses exceed the monies collected, the Owner shall immediately put the Managers in funds upon demand to cover all such payments and expenses. 
  

	c)	 Financial Statements and Reports 

The Managers will provide the Owner with a yearly balance sheet and a profit and loss account, according to which any existing profits may be
paid to the Owner as per their request. 
 At the request of the Owner, the Managers may provide a six monthly interim/provisional profit and
loss account, on the basis of which an interim payment of the profit may be arranged. 
  

	d)	 Auditing 

The Managers shall at all times maintain and keep true and correct accounts and shall make the same available for inspection and auditing by
external auditors, that the Owner may appoint at their expense, at such times as may be mutually agreed. 

  
 8 

	16.	 Management Fee 

 

	16.01	 In consideration of the obligations undertaken by Managers under this Agreement, Owner shall pay to the
Managers a commission fee equal to one and a quarter of one per cent (1.25%) calculated on the gross freight, demurrage and charter hire obtained for the employment of the Vessels on contracts or charter parties entered into by Managers during the
term of this Agreement, payable to Managers on the dates when such freight demurrage of charter-hire, as the case may be, is paid or otherwise collected. 

  

	16.02	 In addition to the commission fee due to Managers under Clause 16.01 above and, for as long as this Agreement
is in effect, the Owner shall also pay to the Managers a Management Fee of US$ 440.- per day payable monthly in advance, for vessels operating in the spot market or on a time charter. For Vessels operating on bareboat charter, the Owner shall pay to
the Managers a management fee of US $ 125.- per day per vessel. 

  

	16.03	 In addition to the commission fee due to Managers under Clause 16.01 above Owner shall pay to the Managers a
commission fee equal to one per cent (1.00%) calculated on the MOA price for the Vessels being bought or sold for and on behalf of the Owner. 

  

	16.04	 The Managers shall at no extra cost to the Owner provide its own office accommodation, office staff and
stationery. 

  

	16.05	 In the event of the appointment of the Managers being terminated by the Owner or the Managers, the management
fee payable to the Managers shall continue to be payable for a further period of three calendar months. 

  

	17.	 Sale of Vessels 

If the Owner sells any Vessel during the currency of the Agreement, the Managers shall, in accordance with the Owner’s instructions, supervise the sale of
the Vessel, including the performance of the sale agreement, and the negotiation of the same, if so requested by the Owner. 
  

	18.	 Compliance with Laws and Regulations 

The Managers will not do or permit anything to be done which might cause any breach of infringement of the laws and regulations of the Country of Registry of
the Vessels, and of the places where she trades. 

  
 9 

	19.	 Managers’ Right to Sub-contract

 The Managers shall be entitled to sub contract part of their obligations hereunder to third parties without the consent of the Owner.

  

	20.	 Responsibilities 

 

	a)	 Force Majeure 

Neither the Owner nor the Managers shall be under any responsibility/liability for any failure to perform any of their obligations hereunder by
reason of any cause whatsoever of any nature or kind beyond their reasonable control. 
  

	b)	 Liability to Owner 

Without prejudice to sub-clause 17 above, the Managers shall be under no liability whatsoever to the
Owner for any loss, damage, delay or expense of whatsoever nature, whether direct or indirect (including but not limited to loss of profit arising out of or in connection with the detention of or the delay to any Vessel) and howsoever arising in the
course of the performance of the management services unless same is proved to have resulted solely from the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of the managers or their employees or agents or sub-contractors
employed by them in connection with any Vessel, in which case the Managers’ liability for each incident or series of incidents giving rise to a claim or claims shall never exceed a total of ten times the annual management fee payable hereunder.

  

	c)	 Indemnity 

The Owner hereby undertakes to keep the Managers and their employees, agents and sub-contractors
indemnified and to hold them harmless against all actions, proceedings, claims, demands or liabilities whatsoever or howsoever arising which may be brought against them or incurred or suffered by them arising out of or in connection with the
performance of the Agreement and against and in respect of all costs, loss, damages, and expenses, which the Managers may suffer or incur, during the course of the performance of this Agreement. 

  
 10 

	d)	 Himalaya 

It is hereby expressly agreed that no employee or agent of the Managers shall in any circumstances whatsoever be under any liability whatsoever
to the Owner for any loss, damage or delay of whatsoever kind arising or resulting directly or indirectly from any act, neglect or default on his part, while acting in the course of or in connection with his employment and, every exception,
limitation, condition and liberty herein contained and every right, exemption from liability, defence and immunity of whatsoever nature applicable to the Managers shall also be available and shall extend to protect every such employee or agent of
the Managers acting as aforesaid. 
  

	21.	 Inspection of Vessels 

The Owner shall have the right at any time, after giving reasonable notice to the Managers, to inspect any Vessel for any reason they consider
necessary. 
  

	22.	 Termination of Agreement 

This agreement has effect from today and shall continue until terminated by either party giving to the other notice in writing at the addresses
stated above, in which event the Agreement shall terminate upon the expiration of a period of two months from the date upon which such notice was given. 

Termination by Default 

The Managers shall be entitled to terminate the Agreement forthright if any monies payable by the Owner shall not have been received in the
Managers’ nominated account within ten days of payment having been requested in writing by the Managers. 
 This agreement shall
furthermore terminate forthwith in the event of an order being made or resolution passed for the winding up, dissolution, liquidation or bankruptcy of either party (otherwise than for the purpose of reconstruction or amalgamation) or if a Receiver
is appointed, or if it suspends payment, ceases to carry on business, or makes any special arrangement or composition with its creditors. 

  
 11 

 The Managers shall also be entitled to terminate the Agreement by notice in writing if,
after receipt of written notice of objection thereto from the Managers, the Owner proceeds with employment of or continues to employ his Vessels in a trade or in a manner which is, in the opinion of the Managers, likely to be detrimental to their
reputation as Managers or (otherwise done by virtue of ordinary business competition) by being prejudicial to the commercial interest of the Managers. 

This Agreement shall be deemed to be terminated in case of the sale of all Vessels or if all Vessel becomes a total loss or is declared as a
constructive or compromised or arranged total loss or is requisitioned. 
 For the purpose of the above
sub-paragraph, the date upon which any Vessel is to be treated as having been sold or otherwise disposed of shall be the date on which the Owner ceases to be registered as Owner of the Vessel. 

The Vessels shall not be deemed to be lost unless either she has become an actual total loss or agreement has been reached with her
underwriters in respect of her constructive, compromised or arranged total loss, or if such agreement with her underwriters is not reached it is adjudged by a competent tribunal that a constructive loss of any Vessel has occurred. 

The termination of this Agreement shall be without prejudice to all rights accrued due between the parties prior to the date of termination.

  

	23.	 Notices 

Any communications may be sent by telefax, registered mail, personal or courier services to the following address: 

 

					
	 STEALTH MARITIME CORP. S.A.

Address: P.O. BOX 52939
 14610 N. Erithrea

Athens – Greece

			
	 Phone
 Fax
	  	 :
 :

:
	  	 (+30) 210 6252849 – 6252850
 (+30) 210
6252817

  
 12 

	24.	 Law and Arbitration 

This Agreement is governed by the Laws of England and any disputes arising therefrom shall be referred to Arbitration in London, one Arbitrator
being appointed by each party with the power to appoint an Umpire in accordance with the Arbitration Acts 1950, 1979, 1996 or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force.

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF 
 The
parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorised officers, on the date above written. 
  

			
	For and on behalf of	  	For and on behalf of
	IMPERIAL PETROLEUM INC.	  	MANAGERS STEALTH MARITIME
		
	
                         
                   
  

SAKELLARI FENIA
 SECRETARY
	  	
                         
                               

 
 ANDRIOTIS ADAMANTIOS

  
 13 

 SCHEDULE A 
  

							
	 VESSEL
	  	 OWNING COMPANY
	  	 FLAG
	  	OFFICIAL
NUMBER
	STEALTH BERANA	  	TANKPUNK INC.	  	LIBERIA	  	19903
	MAGIC WAND	  	CLEAN POWER INC.	  	LIBERIA	  	17797
	FALCON MARYAM	  	KING OF HEARTS INC.	  	LIBERIA	  	18241
	CLEAN THRASHER	  	MR. ROI INC.	  	MARSHALL ISLANDS	  	3024

  
 14EX-10.2

 Exhibit 10.2 

$28,000,000 Senior Secured Loan Agreement 
  

	
	 Dated November 10, 2021
  

	 (1)   Tankpunk Inc.

 
 MR Roi Inc.

Clean Power Inc.

King of Hearts Inc.

(as Borrowers)
  

(2)   Imperial Petroleum Inc.

(as Guarantor)
  

(3)   The Financial Institutions listed in Part I of Schedule 1

(as Original Lenders)
  

(4)   DNB (UK) Limited

(as Bookrunner)
  

(5)   DNB Bank ASA

(as Agent)
  

(6)   DNB Bank ASA

(as Swap Provider)
  

(7)   DNB Bank ASA

(as Security Agent)

  
 

 

 Contents 
  

							
			
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
	 Section 1
	 	Interpretation	  	 	2	 
			
	 1
	 	Definitions and Interpretation	  	 	2	 
			
	 Section 2
	 	The Loan	  	 	32	 
			
	 2
	 	The Loan	  	 	32	 
			
	 3
	 	Purpose	  	 	32	 
			
	 4
	 	Conditions of Utilisation	  	 	32	 
			
	 Section 3
	 	Utilisation	  	 	34	 
			
	 5
	 	Advance	  	 	34	 
			
	 Section 4
	 	Repayment, Prepayment and Cancellation	  	 	35	 
			
	 6
	 	Repayment	  	 	35	 
			
	 7
	 	Illegality, Prepayment and Cancellation	  	 	35	 
			
	 Section 5
	 	Costs of Utilisation	  	 	39	 
			
	 8
	 	Interest	  	 	40	 
			
	 9
	 	Interest Periods	  	 	42	 
			
	 10
	 	Changes to the Calculation of Interest	  	 	43	 
			
	 11
	 	Fees	  	 	45	 
			
	 Section 6
	 	Additional Payment Obligations	  	 	46	 
			
	 12
	 	Tax Gross Up and Indemnities	  	 	46	 
			
	 13
	 	Increased Costs	  	 	55	 
			
	 14
	 	Other Indemnities	  	 	57	 
			
	 15
	 	Mitigation by the Lenders	  	 	59	 
			
	 16
	 	Costs and Expenses	  	 	60	 
			
	 Section 7
	 	Accounts and Application of Earnings	  	 	62	 
			
	 17
	 	Accounts	  	 	62	 
			
	 18
	 	Additional Security	  	 	64	 
			
	 19
	 	Guarantee and Indemnity	  	 	66	 
			
	 Section 8
	 	Representations, Undertakings and Events of Default	  	 	69	 

							
			
	 20
	 	Representations	  	 	69	 
			
	 21
	 	Information Undertakings	  	 	75	 
			
	 22
	 	Financial Covenants	  	 	78	 
			
	 23
	 	General Undertakings	  	 	79	 
			
	 24
	 	Events of Default	  	 	87	 
			
	 Section 9
	 	Changes to Parties	  	 	92	 
			
	 25
	 	Changes to the Lenders	  	 	92	 
			
	 26
	 	Changes to the Obligors	  	 	98	 
			
	 Section 10
	 	The Finance Parties	  	 	99	 
			
	 27
	 	Role of the Agent, the Security Agent and the Bookrunner	  	 	99	 
			
	 28
	 	Application of Proceeds	  	 	110	 
			
	 29
	 	Conduct of Business by the Finance Parties	  	 	112	 
			
	 30
	 	Sharing among the Finance Parties	  	 	112	 
			
	 Section 11
	 	Administration	  	 	114	 
			
	 31
	 	Payment Mechanics	  	 	114	 
			
	 32
	 	Set-Off	  	 	117	 
			
	 33
	 	Notices	  	 	117	 
			
	 34
	 	Calculations and Certificates	  	 	119	 
			
	 35
	 	Partial Invalidity	  	 	120	 
			
	 36
	 	Remedies and Waivers	  	 	120	 
			
	 37
	 	Amendments and Waivers	  	 	120	 
			
	 38
	 	Confidentiality	  	 	128	 
			
	 39
	 	Disclosure of Lender Details by Agent	  	 	132	 
			
	 40
	 	Counterparts	  	 	133	 
			
	 41
	 	Joint and Several Liability	  	 	134	 
			
	 Section 12
	 	Governing Law and Enforcement	  	 	135	 
			
	 42
	 	Governing Law	  	 	135	 
			
	 43
	 	Enforcement	  	 	135	 
			
	 Schedule 1
	 	The Parties	  	 	136	 
			
		 	 Part I The Original Lenders
	  	 	136	 

							
			
		 	 Part II The other Finance Parties
	  	 	136	 
		 	Part III The Obligors	  	 	137	 
			
	 Schedule 2
	 	Part I Conditions Precedent	  	 	138	 
		 	 Part II Conditions Subsequent
	  	 	142	 
			
	 Schedule 3
	 	Utilisation Request	  	 	143	 
			
	 Schedule 4
	 	Form of Transfer Certificate	  	 	145	 
			
	 Schedule 5
	 	Form of Assignment Agreement	  	 	148	 
			
	 Schedule 6
	 	Compounded Rate Terms	  	 	152	 
			
	 Schedule 7
	 	Daily non-cumulative compounded RFR rate	  	 	156	 
			
	 Schedule 8
	 	Cumulative Compounded RFR rate	  	 	158	 
			
	 Schedule 9
	 	Form of Compliance Certificate	  	 	159	 
			
	 Signatures
	 		  	 	161	 

 Loan Agreement 

Dated                    2021 

Between: 
  

	(1)	 Tankpunk Inc. (“Borrower A”) and MR Roi Inc. (“Borrower B”),
each a company incorporated under the law of the Republic of Marshall Islands, with registered address at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, MH96960 Marshall Islands and Clean Power Inc. (“Borrower
C”) and King of Hearts Inc. (“Borrower D”), each a company incorporated under the law of Liberia, with registered address at 80, Broad Street, Monrovia, Liberia as borrowers (together the “Borrowers”
and each a “Borrower”) jointly and severally; and 

  

	(2)	 Imperial Petroleum Inc., a company incorporated under the law of the Republic of Marshall Islands, with
registered address at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, MH96960 Marshall Islands as guarantor (the “Guarantor”); and 

 

	(3)	 The Financial Institutions listed in Part I of Schedule 1 (The Parties), each acting through its
Facility Office (together the “Original Lenders” and each an “Original Lender”); and 

  

	(4)	 DNB (UK) Limited, acting as bookrunner through its office at 8th Floor, The Walbrook Building, 25 Walbrook, London, EC4N 8AF, the United Kingdom (in that capacity, the “Bookrunner”); and 

 

	(5)	 DNB Bank ASA, acting as agent through its office at
8th Floor, The Walbrook Building, 25 Walbrook, London, EC4N 8AF, the United Kingdom (in that capacity, the “Agent”); and 

 

	(6)	 DNB Bank ASA, acting as swap provider through its office at 8th Floor, The Walbrook Building, 25 Walbrook, London, EC4N 8AF, the United Kingdom (in that capacity, the “Swap Provider”); and 

 

	(7)	 DNB Bank ASA, acting as security agent through its office at 8th Floor, The Walbrook Building, 25 Walbrook, London, EC4N 8AF, (in that capacity, the “Security Agent”). 

It is agreed as follows: 

  
 Page 1 

 Section 1 Interpretation 

 

	1	 Definitions and Interpretation 

 

	1.1	 Definitions In this Agreement: 

“2018 Withdrawal Act” means the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018. 

“2020 Withdrawal Act” means the European Union (Withdrawal Agreement) Act 2020. 

“Account Holder” means DNB Bank ASA acting through its branch at 8th
Floor, The Walbrook Building, 25 Walbrook, London, EC4N 8AF, the United Kingdom or any other bank or financial institution which at any time, with the Security Agent’s prior written consent, holds the Accounts. 

“Accounts” means the Earnings Accounts and the Retention Accounts. 

“Account Security Deed” means a first priority account security deed in respect of all amounts from time to time standing to
the credit of the Accounts. 
 “Additional Business Day” means any day specified as such in the Compounded Rate Terms. 

“Administration” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1.3 of the ISM Code. 

“Adjusted EBITDA” means earnings before interest expenses, taxes, depreciation and amortization, net of impairment, of the
Guarantor for the previous period of twelve months. 
 “Affiliate” means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that
person or a Holding Company of that person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company. 
 “Annex VI” means Annex VI
(Regulations for the Prevention of Air Pollution from Ships) to the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships 1973 (as modified in 1978 and 1997). 

“Approved Family Members” has the meaning given to it in the Approved Family Members Side Letter. 

“Approved Family Members Side Letter” means the letter addressed to the Agent from the Borrowers and the Guarantor identifying
the Approved Family Members. 
 “Approved Shipbroker” means each of Grieg Shipbrokers and Cass Technava Maritime S.A. 

“Assignments” means: 
  

	 	(a)	 a first priority deed of assignment of the (i) Insurances, (ii) Earnings, (iii) Requisition
Compensation and (iv) in the case of Vessel D only, the Charter Rights, of the Vessels from the Borrowers; 

  

	 	(b)	 a first priority tripartite agreement including assignments of the Insurances and Requisition Compensation of
Vessel D from the Charterer; and 

  
 Page 2 

	 	(c)	 the Master Agreement Proceeds Assignments. 

“Assignment Agreement” means an agreement substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5 (Form of Assignment
Agreement) or any other form agreed between the relevant assignor and assignee. 
 “Authorisation” means an
authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation or registration. 
 “Availability
Period” means, in respect of each Tranche, the period from and including the date of this Agreement to and including 12 November 2021 or such later date as may be agreed by the Lenders.  

“Backstop Rate Switch Date” means the date (if any) specified as such in the Compounded Rate Terms, or any other date agreed
as such between the Agent, the Majority Lenders and the Borrowers. 
 “Balloon Payments” means the Tranche A Balloon Payment
and the Tranche D Balloon Payment. 
 “Break Costs” means the amount (if any) by which: 

 

	 	(a)	 in respect of any Term Rate Tranche, the interest which a Lender should have received for the period from the
date of receipt of all or any part of its participation in a Tranche or an Unpaid Sum to the last day of the current Interest Period in respect of that Tranche or Unpaid Sum, had the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day
of that Interest Period exceeds the amount which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a leading bank for a period starting on the Business Day following
receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period; or 

  

	 	(b)	 in respect of any Compounded Rate Tranche, any amount specified as such in the Compounded Rate Terms.

 “Business Day” means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general
business in London and New York, and (in relation to (i) any date for payment or purchase of an amount relating to a Compounded Rate Tranche or (ii) the determination of the first day or the last day of any Interest Period for a Compounded
Rate Tranche, or otherwise in relation to the determination of the length of such an Interest Period) which is an Additional Business Day for that Tranche or Unpaid Sum. 

“Capital Expenditure” means any expenditure treated (in accordance with GAAP) as capital expenditure on acquiring or
maintaining vessels or advances of vessels under construction. 
 “Central Bank Rate” has the meaning given to that term in
the Compounded Rate Terms. 
 “Central Bank Rate Adjustment” has the meaning given to that term in the Compounded Rate
Terms. 

  
 Page 3 

 “Change of Control” means an event where the Approved Family Members: 

 

	 	(a)	 cease to hold directly or indirectly in aggregate (i) at least 10% of the issued shares or of the issued
shares with a right to vote in and of the Guarantor and (ii) in the event of a delisting or cessation of trading of the Guarantor on NASDAQ, the entirety of the issued shares of the Guarantor; or 

 

	 	(b)	 in the opinion of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders, acting reasonably), cease to
be involved in the management and control of the Guarantor including, but not limited to, holding an executive position on the board of directors of the Guarantor; or 

 

	 	(c)	 in the opinion of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders, acting reasonably), cease to
control, directly or indirectly, the conduct of the business of the Guarantor including but not limited to, giving directions with respect to the operating and financial policies of the Guarantor.  

“Charged Property” means all of the assets of the Obligors which from time to time are, or are expressed to be, the subject of
the Security Documents. 
 “Charter” means in respect of Vessel D, the bareboat charter dated 16 August 2017 on the
terms and subject to the conditions of which Borrower D has bareboat chartered Vessel D to the Charterer. 
 “Charterer”
means in respect of Vessel D, Falcon Navigation Corp, a company incorporated under the law of Panama with its registered office at Torre Universal Building, 12th Floor, Federico Boyd Avenue, P.O. Box 8897, City of Panama, Panama. 

“Charter Rights” means the benefit of the Charter and any and all Earnings due and/or to become due to Borrower D under or
pursuant to such Charter. 
 “Closing Memorandum” means the closing memorandum dated November 2021 in respect of the
refinancing of the Vessels. 
 “Code” means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986. 

“Commercial Manager” means: 
  

	 	(a)	 in respect of Vessel D, Falcon Navigation Shipmanagement SA, a company incorporated under the law of Liberia,
with registered address at 80, Broad Street, Monrovia, Liberia or the Charterer; 

  

	 	(b)	 Stealth Maritime Corp. S.A. (also trading under the name Stealth Maritime Corporation S.A.), a company
incorporated under the law of Liberia, with registered address at 80, Broad Street, Monrovia, Liberia; or 

  

	 	(c)	 another company controlled by the Approved Family Members or any other company which the Agent (acting on the
instructions of the Majority Lenders) may approve from time to time as the commercial manager of a Vessel. 

  
 Page 4 

 “Commitment” means: 

 

	 	(a)	 in relation to an Original Lender, the amount set opposite its name under the heading “Commitment” in
Part I of Schedule 1 (The Parties) and the amount of any other Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement; and 

  

	 	(b)	 in relation to any other Lender, the amount of any Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement,

 to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement. 

“Commitment Fee” means the commitment fee to be paid by the Borrowers to the Agent under Clause 11.1 (Commitment Fee).

 “Compliance Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 9 (Form of Compliance
Certificate). 
 “Compounded Rate Interest Payment” means the aggregate amount of interest that: 

 

	 	(a)	 is, or is scheduled to become, payable under any Finance Document; and 

 

	 	(b)	 relates to a Compounded Rate Tranche. 

“Compounded Rate Supplement” means a document which: 
  

	 	(a)	 is agreed in writing by the Borrowers, the Agent (in its own capacity) and the Agent (acting on the
instructions of the Majority Lenders); 

  

	 	(b)	 specifies the relevant terms which are expressed in this Agreement to be determined by reference to Compounded
Rate Terms; and 

  

	 	(c)	 has been made available to the Borrowers and each Finance Party. 

“Compounded Rate Terms” means in relation to: 
  

	 	(a)	 a Tranche or an Unpaid Sum; 

 

	 	(b)	 an Interest Period for such a Tranche or Unpaid Sum (or other period for the accrual of commission or fees); or

  

	 	(c)	 any term of this Agreement relating to the determination of a rate of interest in relation to such a Tranche or
Unpaid Sum, 

 the terms set out in Schedule 6 (Compounded Rate Terms) or in any Compounded Rate Supplement. 

“Compounded Rate Tranche” means any Tranche of Unpaid Sum which is, or becomes, a “Compounded Rate Tranche” pursuant
to Clause 8A (Rate Switch). 
 “Compounded Reference Rate” means, in relation to any RFR Banking Day during the
Interest Period of a Compounded Rate Tranche, the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of: 

  
 Page 5 

	 	(a)	 the Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate for that RFR Banking Day;
and 

  

	 	(b)	 the applicable Credit Adjustment Spread. 

“Compounding Methodology Supplement” means, in relation to the Daily Non-Cumulative
Compounded RFR Rate or the Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate, a document which: 
  

	 	(a)	 is agreed in writing by the Borrowers, the Agent (in its own capacity) and the Agent (acting on the
instructions of the Majority Lenders); 

  

	 	(b)	 specifies a calculation methodology for that rate; and 

 

	 	(c)	 has been made available to the Borrowers and each Finance Party. 

“Confidential Information” means all information relating to any Obligor, any other member of the Group, the Finance Documents
or the Loan of which a Finance Party becomes aware in its capacity as, or for the purpose of becoming, a Finance Party or which is received by a Finance Party in relation to, or for the purpose of becoming a Finance Party under, the Finance
Documents or the Loan from either: 
  

	 	(a)	 any Obligor, any other member of the Group or any of their advisers; or 

 

	 	(b)	 another Finance Party, if the information was obtained by that Finance Party directly or indirectly from any
Obligor, any other member of the Group or any of their advisers, 

 in whatever form, and includes information given orally
and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes information that: 

 

	 	(i)	 is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by that Finance Party
of Clause 38 (Confidentiality); or 

  

	 	(ii)	 is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by
any Obligor, any other member of the Group or any of their advisers; or 

  

	 	(iii)	 is known by that Finance Party before the date the information is disclosed to it in accordance with
(a) or (b) or is lawfully obtained by that Finance Party after that date, from a source which is, as far as that Finance Party is aware, unconnected with any Obligor or any other member of the Group and which, in either case, as far as that
Finance Party is aware, has not been obtained in breach of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality. 

“Confidentiality Undertaking” means a confidentiality undertaking substantially in a recommended form of the Loan Market
Association at the relevant time. 
 “Confirmation” means a Confirmation exchanged or deemed to be exchanged between the
Swap Provider and a Borrower as contemplated by a Master Agreement. 
 “Credit Adjustment Spread” means, in respect of any
Compounded Rate Tranche, any rate which is either: 

  
 Page 6 

	 	(a)	 specified as such in the Compounded Rate Terms; or 

 

	 	(b)	 determined by the Agent (or by any other Finance Party which agrees to determine that rate in place of the
Agent) in accordance with the methodology specified in the Compounded Rate Terms. 

 “Credit Support
Document” means any document described as such in the Master Agreement and any other document referred to in any such document which has the effect of creating security in favour of any of the Finance Parties. 

“Credit Support Provider” means any person (other than a Borrower) described as such in the Master Agreement. 

“CTA” means the Corporation Tax Act 2009. 

“Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate” means, in relation to an Interest Period for a Compounded Rate Tranche, the percentage rate
per annum determined by the Agent (or by any other Finance Party which agrees to determine that rate in place of the Agent) in accordance with the methodology set out in Schedule 8 (Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate) or in any relevant
Compounding Methodology Supplement. 
 “Current Assets” means the amount which is equal to the current assets of the
Guarantor as shown in the Guarantor’s applicable consolidated financial statements (as provided in Clause 21.1 (Financial statements)). 

“Current Liabilities” means the amount which is equal to the current liabilities of the Guarantor as shown in the
Guarantor’s applicable consolidated financial statements (as provided in Clause 21.1 (Financial statements)). 
 “Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate” means, in relation to any RFR Banking Day during an Interest Period for a Compounded Rate Tranche, the percentage rate per annum determined by the Agent (or by any other
Finance Party which agrees to determine that rate in place of the Agent) in accordance with the methodology set out in Schedule 7 (Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate) or in any relevant
Compounding Methodology Supplement. 
 “Daily Rate” means the rate specified as such in the Compounded Rate Terms. 

“Default” means an Event of Default or any event or circumstance which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of
notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing) be an Event of Default. 

“Defaulting Lender” means any Lender: 
  

	 	(a)	 which has failed to make its participation in a Utilisation available (or has notified the Agent or the
Borrowers (which have notified the Agent) that it will not make its participation in a Utilisation available) by the Utilisation Date of that Utilisation in accordance with Clause 5.3 (Lenders’ participation); 

 

	 	(b)	 which has otherwise rescinded or repudiated a Finance Document; or 

 

	 	(c)	 with respect to which an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing, 

  
 Page 7 

 unless, in the case of (a): 

 

	 	(i)	 its failure to pay is caused by: 

 

	 	(A)	 administrative or technical error; or 

 

	 	(B)	 a Disruption Event; and 

payment is made within three Business Days of its due date; or 
  

	 	(ii)	 the Lender is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question.

 “Delegate” means any delegate, agent, attorney or co-trustee
appointed by the Security Agent. 
 “Disruption Event” means either or both of: 

 

	 	(a)	 a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in
each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Loan (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the
control of, any of the Parties; or 

  

	 	(b)	 the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to
the treasury or payments operations of a Party preventing that, or any other Party: 

  

	 	(i)	 from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or 

 

	 	(ii)	 from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents,

 and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are
disrupted. 
 “DOC” means, in relation to the ISM Company, a valid Document of Compliance issued for the ISM Company by the
Administration under paragraph 13.2 of the ISM Code. 
 “Earnings” means all hires, freights, passage moneys, pool income
and other sums payable to or for the account of a Borrower in respect of a Vessel including (without limitation) all remuneration for salvage and towage services, demurrage and detention moneys, contributions in general average, compensation in
respect of any requisition for hire, and damages and other payments (whether awarded by any court or arbitral tribunal or by agreement or otherwise) for breach, termination or variation of any contract for the operation, employment or use of a
Vessel. 
 “Earnings Accounts” means the bank accounts to be opened in the name of the Borrowers respectively with the
Account Holder and each designated “an Earnings Account”. 

  
 Page 8 

 “Encumbrance” means a mortgage, charge, assignment, pledge, lien or other
security interest securing any obligation of any person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect. 

“Environmental Approval” means any present or future permit, ruling, variance or other Authorisation required under
Environmental Laws. 
 “Environmental Claim” means any claim, proceeding, formal notice or investigation by any
governmental, judicial or regulatory authority or any other person which arises out of an Environmental Incident or an alleged Environmental Incident or which relates to any Environmental Law and, for this purpose, “claim” includes a claim
for damages, compensation, contribution, injury, fines, losses and penalties or any other payment of any kind, including in relation to clean-up and removal, whether or not similar to the foregoing; an order
or direction to take, or not to take, certain action or to desist from or suspend certain action; and any form of enforcement or regulatory action, including the arrest or attachment of any asset. 

“Environmental Incident” means: 
  

	 	(a)	 any release, emission, spill or discharge into or upon the air, sea, land or soils (including the seabed) or
surface water of Environmentally Sensitive Material within or from a Vessel; or 

  

	 	(b)	 any incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released, emitted, spilled or discharged into or
upon the air, sea, land or soils (including the seabed) or surface water from a vessel other than a Vessel and which involves a collision between a Vessel and such other vessel or some other incident of navigation or operation, in either case, in
connection with which a Vessel is actually or potentially liable to be arrested, attached, detained or injuncted and a Vessel, any Obligor, any operator or manager of a Vessel or any combination of them is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise
liable to any legal or administrative action; or 

  

	 	(c)	 any other incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released, emitted, spilled or discharged into
or upon the air, sea, land or soils (including the seabed) or surface water otherwise than from a Vessel and in connection with which a Vessel is actually or potentially liable to be arrested, attached, detained or injuncted and/or where any
Obligor, any operator or manager of a Vessel or any combination of them is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action, other than in accordance with an Environmental Approval. 

“Environmental Law” means any present or future law or regulation relating to pollution or protection of human health or the
environment, to conditions in the workplace, to the carriage, generation, handling, storage, use, release or spillage of Environmentally Sensitive Material or to actual or threatened releases of Environmentally Sensitive Material. 

“Environmentally Sensitive Material” means all contaminants, oil, oil products, toxic substances and any other substance
(including any chemical, gas or other hazardous or noxious substance) which is (or is capable of being or becoming) polluting, toxic or hazardous. 

  
 Page 9 

 “ESR Regulations” means the Republic of the Marshall Islands
Economic Substance Regulations 2018, as might be amended and/or supplemented from time to time. 
 “EU Ship Recycling
Regulation” means: 
  

	 	(a)	 Regulation (EU) No 1275/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 20 November 2013 on ship
recycling and amending Regulation (EC) No 1013/2006 and Directive 2009/16/EC (Text with EEA relevance); and 

  

	 	(b)	 Regulation (EU) No. 1275/2013 adopted by the EU Parliament and the Council of the European Union on
20 November 2013 (as it forms part of the domestic law of the United Kingdom by virtue of the 2018 Withdrawal Act) in relation to UK flagged vessels. 

“Event of Default” means any event or circumstance specified as such in Clause 24 (Events of Default). 

“Facility Office” means: 
  

	 	(a)	 in respect of a Lender, the office or offices notified by that Lender to the Agent in writing on or before the
date it becomes a Lender (or, following that date, by not less than five Business Days’ written notice) as the office or offices through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement; or 

 

	 	(b)	 in respect of any other Finance Party, the office in the jurisdiction in which it is resident for tax purposes.

 “Facility Period” means the period beginning on the date of this Agreement and ending on the date when
the whole of the Indebtedness has been paid in full and the Obligors have ceased to be under any further actual or contingent liability to the Finance Parties under or in connection with the Finance Documents. 

“FATCA” means: 
  

	 	(a)	 sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations; 

 

	 	(b)	 any treaty, law or regulation of any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between
the US and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of any law or regulation referred to in (a); or 

  

	 	(c)	 any agreement pursuant to the implementation of any treaty, law or regulation referred to in (a) or (b)
with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction. 

“FATCA Application Date” means: 
  

	 	(a)	 in relation to a “withholdable payment” described in section 1473(1)(A)(i) of the Code (which relates
to payments of interest and certain other payments from sources within the US), 1 July 2014; or 

  
 Page 10 

	 	(b)	 in relation to a “passthru payment” described in section 1471(d)(7) of the Code not falling within
(a), the first date from which such payment may become subject to a deduction or withholding required by FATCA. 

“FATCA Deduction” means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by FATCA. 

“FATCA Exempt Party” means a Party that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction. 

“Fee Letter” means any letter or letters dated on or about the date of this Agreement between the Agent and the Borrowers (or
the Security Agent and the Borrowers) setting out any of the fees referred to in Clause 11 (Fees). 
 “Finance
Documents” means this Agreement, any Master Agreement, the Security Documents, any Compliance Certificate, any Utilisation Request, the Fee Letter, the Approved Family Members Side Letter, any Compounded Rate Supplement, any Compounding
Methodology Supplement and any other document designated as such by the Agent and the Borrowers. 
 “Finance Parties” means
the Bookrunner, the Agent, the Security Agent, the Swap Provider and the Lenders. 
 “Financial Indebtedness” means any
indebtedness for or in respect of: 
  

	 	(a)	 moneys borrowed and debit balances at banks or other financial institutions; 

 

	 	(b)	 any acceptance under any acceptance credit or bill discounting facility (or dematerialised equivalent);

  

	 	(c)	 any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument;

  

	 	(d)	 the amount of any liability in respect of any lease or hire purchase contract, a liability under which would,
in accordance with GAAP, be treated as a balance sheet liability; 

  

	 	(e)	 receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis); 

  

	 	(f)	 any Treasury Transaction (and, when calculating the value of that Treasury Transaction, only the marked to
market value (or, if any actual amount is due as a result of the termination or close-out of that Treasury Transaction, that amount) shall be taken into account); 

 

	 	(g)	 any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or
any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution in respect of an underlying liability of an entity which is not an Obligor or a member of the Group which liability would fall within one of the other sections of this definition;

  

	 	(h)	 any amount raised by the issue of shares which are redeemable (other than at the option of the issuer) before
the end of the Facility Period or are otherwise classified as borrowings under GAAP; 

  
 Page 11 

	 	(i)	 any amount of any liability under an advance or deferred purchase agreement if (i) one of the primary
reasons behind entering into the agreement is to raise finance or to finance the acquisition or construction of the asset or service in question or (ii) the agreement is in respect of the supply of assets or services and payment is due more
than 30 days after the date of supply; 

  

	 	(j)	 any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase, sale and sale back or
sale and leaseback agreement) having the commercial effect of a borrowing or otherwise classified as borrowings under GAAP; and 

  

	 	(k)	 the amount of any liability in respect of any guarantee or indemnity for any of the items referred to in
(a) to (j). 

 “Free Cash Flow” means Adjusted EBITDA, less the sum of 

 

	 	(a)	 the change in (Current Assets less Current Liabilities); and 

 

	 	(b)	 Capital Expenditure. 

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United Kingdom or the United States, including IFRS. 

“Group” means the Guarantor, the Borrowers and each of their Subsidiaries for the time being. 

“Guarantee” means a guarantee and indemnity in respect of the obligations of each other Obligor granted by the Guarantor and
contained in Clause 19 (Guarantee and Indemnity). 
 “Holding Company” means, in relation to a person, any other
person in respect of which it is a Subsidiary. 
 “IAPPC” means a valid international air pollution prevention certificate
for a Vessel issued under Annex VI. 
 “IFRS” means international accounting standards within the meaning of the IAS
Regulation 1606/2002 and/or section 474(1) of the Companies Act 2006 to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements. 

“Indebtedness” means the aggregate from time to time of: the amount of the Loan outstanding; all accrued and unpaid interest
on the Loan; and all other sums of any nature (together with all accrued and unpaid interest on any of those sums) payable to any of the Finance Parties under all or any of the Finance Documents. 

“Insolvency Event” in relation to an entity means that the entity: 

 

	 	(a)	 is dissolved (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger); 

 

	 	(b)	 becomes insolvent or is unable to pay its debts or fails or admits in writing its inability generally to pay
its debts as they become due; 

  
 Page 12 

	 	(c)	 makes a general assignment, arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors;

  

	 	(d)	 institutes or has instituted against it, by a regulator, supervisor or any similar official with primary
insolvency, rehabilitative or regulatory jurisdiction over it in the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organisation or the jurisdiction of its head or home office, a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief
under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation by it or such regulator, supervisor or similar
official; 

  

	 	(e)	 has instituted against it a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under
any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation, and, in the case of any such proceeding or petition
instituted or presented against it, such proceeding or petition is instituted or presented by a person or entity not described in (d) and: 

  

	 	(i)	 results in a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or the entry of an order for relief or the making of an order
for its winding-up or liquidation; or 

  

	 	(ii)	 is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained in each case within 30 days of the institution or
presentation thereof; 

  

	 	(f)	 has exercised in respect of it one or more of the stabilisation powers pursuant to Part 1 of the Banking Act
2009 and/or has instituted against it a bank insolvency proceeding pursuant to Part 2 of the Banking Act 2009 or a bank administration proceeding pursuant to Part 3 of the Banking Act 2009; 

 

	 	(g)	 has a resolution passed for its winding-up, official management or
liquidation (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger); 

  

	 	(h)	 seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver,
trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or substantially all its assets (other than, for so long as it is required by law or regulation not to be publicly disclosed, any such appointment which is to be made, or is made, by a
person or entity described in (d)); 

  

	 	(i)	 has a secured party take possession of all or substantially all its assets or has a distress, execution,
attachment, sequestration or other legal process levied, enforced or sued on or against all or substantially all its assets and such secured party maintains possession, or any such process is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained, in each
case within 30 days thereafter; 

  

	 	(j)	 causes or is subject to any event with respect to it which, under the applicable laws of any jurisdiction, has
an analogous effect to any of the events specified in (a) to (i); or 

  
 Page 13 

	 	(k)	 takes any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the
foregoing acts. 

 “Insurances” means all policies and contracts of insurance (including all entries in
protection and indemnity or war risks associations) which are from time to time taken out or entered into in respect of or in connection with a Vessel or her increased value or the Earnings and (where the context permits) all benefits under such
contracts and policies, including all claims of any nature and returns of premium. 
 “Intercompany Creditor” means any
member of the Group as lender or creditor. 
 “Intercompany Loan” means any loan made or to be made available to a Borrower
by an Intercompany Creditor pursuant to an Intercompany Loan Agreement. 
 “Intercompany Loan Agreement” means any loan
agreement existing on a Utilisation Date or any loan agreement entered into during the Facility Period between an Intercompany Creditor as lender and a Borrower as borrower. 

“Intercompany Subordination Agreement” means any subordination and assignment agreement in respect of any Intercompany Loans
entered into pursuant to Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent) or Clause 23.17 (No Borrowings), in such form acceptable to the Agent. 

“Interest Payment Date” means each date for the payment of interest in accordance with Clause 8.2 (Payment of
interest). 
 “Interest Period” means each period determined in accordance with Clause 9 (Interest Periods) and,
in relation to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with Clause 8.3 (Default Interest). 
 “Interpolated Screen
Rate” means, in relation to LIBOR for any Term Rate Tranche, the rate which results from interpolating on a linear basis between: 
  

	 	(a)	 the applicable Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which is less than
the relevant Interest Period; and 

  

	 	(b)	 the applicable Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which exceeds the
relevant Interest Period, 

 each as of 11.00 a.m. on the Quotation Day for dollars. 

“Inventory of Hazardous Materials” means a statement of compliance issued by the relevant classification society which
includes a list of any and all materials known to be potentially hazardous utilised in the construction of that Vessel, which may be also referred to as a ‘list of hazardous materials’. 

“ISM Code” means the International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention. 

“ISM Company” means, at any given time, the company responsible for a Vessel’s compliance with the ISM Code under
paragraph 1.1.2 of the ISM Code. 
 “ISPS Code” means the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code. 

  
 Page 14 

 “ISSC” means a valid international ship security certificate for a Vessel
issued under the ISPS Code. 
 “ITA” means the Income Tax Act 2007. 

“Joint Venture” means any joint venture entity, whether a company, unincorporated firm, undertaking, association, joint
venture or partnership or any other entity. 
 “Legal Opinion” means any legal opinion delivered to the Agent under Clause
4.1 (Initial conditions precedent) or Clause 4.3 (Conditions subsequent). 
 “Legal Reservations” means: 

 

	 	(a)	 the principle that equitable remedies may be granted or refused at the discretion of a court and the limitation
of enforcement by laws relating to insolvency, reorganisation and other laws generally affecting the rights of creditors; 

  

	 	(b)	 the time barring of claims under the Limitation Acts, the possibility that an undertaking to assume liability
for or indemnify a person against non-payment of UK stamp duty may be void and defences of set-off or counterclaim; 

 

	 	(c)	 similar principles, rights and defences under the laws of any Relevant Jurisdiction; and 

 

	 	(d)	 any other matters which are set out as qualifications or reservations as to matters of law of general
application in the Legal Opinions. 

 “Lender” means: 

 

	 	(a)	 any Original Lender; and 

 

	 	(b)	 any bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity which has become a Party as a Lender in accordance
with Clause 25 (Changes to the Lenders), 

 which in each case has not ceased to be a Party as such in accordance
with the terms of this Agreement. 
 “LIBOR” means, in relation to any Term Rate Tranche: 

 

	 	(a)	 the applicable Screen Rate; or 

 

	 	(b)	 (if no Screen Rate is available for the relevant Interest Period) the Interpolated Screen Rate; or

  

	 	(c)	 (if (i) no Screen Rate is available for the currency of the Loan or (ii) no Screen Rate is available
for the relevant Interest Period and it is not possible to calculate the Interpolated Screen Rate) the Reference Bank Rate, 

as of 11.00 a.m. on the Quotation Day for dollars and for a period equal in length to the relevant Interest Period and, if that rate is less
than zero, LIBOR shall be deemed to be zero. 

  
 Page 15 

 “Limitation Acts” means the Limitation Act 1980 and the Foreign Limitation
Periods Act 1984. 
 “Loan” means the aggregate amount advanced or to be advanced by the Lenders to the Borrowers under
Clause 2 (The Loan) or, where the context permits, the principal amount advanced and for the time being outstanding. 

“Lookback Period” means the number of days specified as such in the Compounded Rate Terms. 

“Majority Lenders” means a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than 662/3% of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated more than 662/3% of the Total Commitments immediately prior to the reduction). 

“Management Agreements” means: 
  

	 	(a)	 the agreements for the commercial management of the Vessels entered or to be entered into between the Borrowers
respectively and the relevant Commercial Manager; and 

  

	 	(b)	 the agreements for the technical management of the Vessels entered or to be entered into between the Borrowers
respectively and the relevant Technical Manager. 

 “Managers” means: 

 

	 	(a)	 in relation to the commercial management of the Vessel, the relevant Commercial Manager; and

  

	 	(b)	 in relation to the technical management of the Vessel, the relevant Technical Manager. 

“Managers’ Undertakings” means written undertakings of the Managers whereby, throughout the Facility Period unless
otherwise agreed by the Agent: 
  

	 	(a)	 they will remain the commercial or technical managers of the Vessels (as the case may be);

  

	 	(b)	 they will not, without the prior written consent of the Agent, subcontract or delegate the commercial or
technical management of the Vessels (as the case may be) to any third party; 

  

	 	(c)	 the interests of the Managers in the Insurances will be assigned to the Security Agent with first priority; and

  

	 	(d)	 (following the occurrence of an Event of Default) all claims of the Managers against the Borrowers shall be
subordinated to the claims of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents. 

 “Margin” means 1.95% per
annum. 
 “Market Value” has the meaning given to it in Clause 18.2 (Market Value and provision of valuations). 

  
 Page 16 

 “Market Disruption Rate” means the rate (if any) specified as such in the
Compounded Rate Terms. 
 “Master Agreement” means any ISDA Master Agreement (or any other form of master agreement relating
to interest or currency exchange transactions) entered into between the Swap Provider and a Borrower before or during the Facility Period, including each Schedule to any Master Agreement and each Confirmation exchanged under any Master Agreement.

 “Master Agreement Proceeds” means any and all sums due and payable to a Borrower under the Master Agreement following an
Early Termination Date (subject always to all rights of netting and set-off contained in the Master Agreement) and all rights to require and enforce the payment of those sums. 

“Master Agreement Proceeds Assignment” means a first priority deed of assignment over the Master Agreement Proceeds. 

“Material Adverse Effect” means in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Lenders a material adverse effect on: 

 

	 	(a)	 the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of any Obligor or the Group
taken as a whole; or 

  

	 	(b)	 the ability of any Obligor to perform its obligations under any Finance Document; or 

 

	 	(c)	 the validity or enforceability of, or the effectiveness or ranking of any Encumbrance granted or purporting to
be granted pursuant to any of, the Finance Documents or the rights or remedies of any Finance Party under any of the Finance Documents. 

“Maximum Loan Amount” means the aggregate of Maximum Tranche A Amount, Maximum Tranche B Amount, Maximum Tranche C Amount and
Maximum Tranche D Amount. 
 “Maximum Tranche Amount” means the Maximum Tranche A Amount or the Maximum Tranche B Amount or
the Maximum Tranche C Amount of the Maximum Tranche D Amount. 
 “Maximum Tranche A Amount” means the lesser of (a)
$10,278,000 and (b) 60% of the Market Value of Vessel A as evidenced by the Valuations received by the Agent under Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent). 

“Maximum Tranche B Amount” means the lesser of (a) $5,736,000 and (b) 60% of the Market Value of Vessel B as evidenced by the
Valuations received by the Agent under Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent). 
 “Maximum Tranche C Amount” means
the lesser of (a) $5,736,000 and (b) 60% of the Market Value of Vessel C as evidenced by the Valuations received by the Agent under Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent). 

  
 Page 17 

 “Maximum Tranche D Amount” means the lesser of (a) $6,250,000 and (b) 60%
of the Market Value of Vessel D as evidenced by the Valuations received by the Agent under Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent). 

“Memorandum” means the summary memorandum dated 8 November 2021 prepared by the Borrowers setting out the details of the
Restructuring. 
 “Month” means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding
day in the next calendar month, except that: 
  

	 	(a)	 (subject to (c) below) if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end
on the next Business Day in that calendar month in which that period is to end if there is one, or if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business Day; 

 

	 	(b)	 If there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that period
shall end on the last Business Day in that calendar month; and 

  

	 	(c)	 If an Interest Period begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month, that Interest Period shall end on
the last Business Day in the calendar month in which that Interest Period is to end. 

 The above rules will only apply to
the last Month of any period. 
 “Mortgages” means the first preferred mortgages over the Vessels.  

“New Lender” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 25.1 (Assignments and transfers by the Lenders). 

“Non-Consenting Lender” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 37.5.4
(Replacement of Lender). 
 “Obligor” means each Borrower, the Guarantor, the Managers (save for Falcon Navigation
Shipmanagement SA), any other Credit Support Provider, or any other person who may at any time during the Facility Period be liable for, or provide security for, all or any part of the Indebtedness. 

“Operating Expenses” means expenses properly and reasonably incurred by a Borrower in connection with the operation,
employment, maintenance, repair and insurance of a Vessel. 
 “Original Financial Statements” means the audited consolidated
financial statements of the Guarantor for the financial year ended 31 December 2020. 
 “Original Jurisdiction” means,
in relation to an Obligor, the jurisdiction under whose laws that Obligor is incorporated as at the date of this Agreement. 

“Partnership Agreement” means any agreement pursuant to which any Joint Venture is established or formed in relation to a
Borrower, whether or not that Borrower is a party to such agreement. 
 “Party” means a party to this Agreement. 

  
 Page 18 

 “Permitted Disposal” means any sale, lease, licence, transfer or other
disposal: 
  

	 	(a)	 of assets in exchange for other assets comparable or superior as to type, value and quality (other than an
exchange of a non-cash asset for cash); 

  

	 	(b)	 of obsolete or redundant equipment for cash; 

 

	 	(c)	 arising as a result of any Permitted Encumbrance; and 

 

	 	(d)	 of a Vessel made in accordance with this Agreement. 

“Permitted Distribution” means: 
  

	 	(a)	 the payment of a dividend by a Borrower to the Guarantor provided that the payment is made when no Default is
continuing or would occur immediately after the making of the payment; 

  

	 	(b)	 from the date of this Agreement until 30 June 2022, the payment of a preferred dividend by the Guarantor
provided that the payment is made when no Default is continuing or would occur immediately after the making of the payment; 

  

	 	(c)	 from 1 July 2022, the payment of a dividend by the Guarantor of: 

 

	 	(i)	 up to 50% of the Free Cash Flow of the last four consecutive quarters; and 

 

	 	(ii)	 the balance of such Free Cash Flow with the prior consent of the Lenders (such consent not to be unreasonably
withheld), 

 in each case provided that the payment is made when no Default is continuing or would occur immediately
after the making of the payment; 
  

	 	(d)	 the payment of a dividend by the Guarantor to StealthGas Inc. in accordance with the Closing Memorandum; and

  

	 	(e)	 the payment of a dividend by a Borrower to the Guarantor (or as the Guarantor may direct) in accordance with
the Closing Memorandum. 

 “Permitted Encumbrance” means: 

 

	 	(a)	 any Encumbrance which has the prior written approval of the Agent; 

 

	 	(b)	 any Encumbrance in favour of a Finance Party created or expressed to be created under or pursuant to or
evidenced by the Security Documents; 

  

	 	(c)	 any Encumbrance arising by operation of law and in the ordinary course of trading (securing obligations not
more than 30 days overdue) and not as a result of any default or omission by an Obligor; or 

  

	 	(d)	 any Quasi-Security arising as a result of a disposal which is a Permitted Disposal. 

“Prohibited Person” means any person (whether designated by name or by reason of being included in a class of persons) against
whom Sanctions are directed. 

  
 Page 19 

 “Quasi-Security” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 23.9
(Negative pledge). 
 “Quotation Day” means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be
determined, 
 unless market practice differs in the Relevant Market, in which case the Quotation Day will be determined by the Agent in
accordance with market practice in the Relevant Market (and if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the Relevant Market on more than one day, the Quotation Day will be the last of those days). 

“Quoted Tenor” means, in relation to the Screen Rate for a Term Reference Rate, three or six Months. 

“Rate Switch Date” means the earlier of: 
  

	 	(a)	 the Backstop Rate Switch Date; and 

 

	 	(b)	 any Rate Switch Trigger Event Date. 

“Rate Switch Trigger Event” means in relation to the Screen Rate for the Term Reference Rate applicable to Term Rate Tranches:

  

	 	(a)	 

  

	 	(i)	 the administrator of the Screen Rate or its supervisor publicly announces that such administrator is insolvent;
or 

  

	 	(ii)	 information is published in any order, decree, notice, petition or filing, however described, of or filed with
a court, tribunal, exchange, regulatory authority or similar administrative, regulatory or judicial body which reasonably confirms that the administrator of the Screen Rate is insolvent, 

provided that, in each case, at that time, there is no successor administrator to continue to provide the Screen Rate; 

 

	 	(b)	 the administrator of the Screen Rate publicly announces that it has ceased or will cease, to provide the Screen
Rate for any Quoted Tenor permanently or indefinitely and, at that time, there is no successor administrator to continue to provide the Screen Rate for that Quoted Tenor; 

 

	 	(c)	 the supervisor of the administrator of the Screen Rate publicly announces that the Screen Rate has been or will
be permanently or indefinitely discontinued for any Quoted Tenor; 

  

	 	(d)	 the administrator of the Screen Rate or its supervisor publicly announces that the Screen Rate for any Quoted
Tenor may no longer be used; 

  

	 	(e)	 the supervisor of the administrator of the Screen Rate publicly announces or publishes information:

  
 Page 20 

	 	(i)	 stating that the Screen Rate for any Quoted Tenor is no longer or, as of a specified future date, will no
longer be, representative of the underlying market and the economic reality that it is intended to measure and that such representativeness will not be restored (as determined by such supervisor); and 

 

	 	(ii)	 with awareness that any such announcement or publication will engage certain triggers for fallback provisions
in contracts which may be activated by any such pre-cessation announcement or publication. 

“Rate Switch Trigger Event Date” means: 
  

	 	(a)	 in the case of an occurrence of a Rate Switch Trigger Event described in paragraph (a) of the definition
of “Rate Switch Trigger Event”, the date on which the relevant Screen Rate ceases to be published or otherwise becomes unavailable; 

  

	 	(b)	 in the case of an occurrence of a Rate Switch Trigger Event described in paragraphs (b), (c) or (d) of the
definition of “Rate Switch Trigger Event”, the date on which the relevant Screen Rate for the relevant Quoted Tenor ceases to be published or otherwise becomes unavailable; 

 

	 	(c)	 in the case of an occurrence of a Rate Switch Trigger Event described in paragraph (a) of the definition
of “Rate Switch Trigger Event”, the date on which the relevant Screen Rate for the relevant Quoted Tenor ceases to be representative of the underlying market and the economic reality that it is intended to measure (as determined by the
supervisor of the administrator of such Screen Rate). 

 “Receiver” means a receiver or receiver and
manager or administrative receiver of the whole or any part of the Charged Property. 
 “Reference Bank Rate” means the
arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to five decimal places) as supplied to the Agent at its request by the Reference Banks in relation to LIBOR as either: 
  

	 	(a)	 if: 

  

	 	(i)	 the Reference Bank is a contributor to the applicable Screen Rate; and 

 

	 	(ii)	 it consists of a single figure, 

the rate (applied to the relevant Reference Bank and the relevant currency and period) which contributors to the applicable Screen Rate are
asked to submit to the relevant administrator; or 
  

	 	(b)	 in any other case, the rate at which the relevant Reference Bank could fund itself in the relevant currency for
the relevant period with reference to the unsecured wholesale funding market. 

  
 Page 21 

 “Reference Banks” means, in relation to LIBOR, the principal London offices
of DNB Bank ASA and, in the event that there is a New Lender, the principal London office of DNB Bank ASA and such other bank as may be appointed by the Agent in consultation with the Borrowers, or (in either case) such other banks as may be
appointed by the Agent in consultation with the Borrowers. 
 “Related Fund” in relation to a fund (the “first
fund”), means a fund which is managed or advised by the same investment manager or investment adviser as the first fund or, if it is managed by a different investment manager or investment adviser, a fund whose investment manager or
investment adviser is an Affiliate of the investment manager or investment adviser of the first fund. 
 “Relevant
Documents” means the Finance Documents, the Management Agreements, the Closing Memorandum, the Memorandum, the Charter, any Partnership Agreement and each Obligor’s constitutional documents. 

“Relevant Market” means: 
  

	 	(a)	 prior to the Rate Switch Date, the London interbank market; and 

 

	 	(b)	 on or after the Rate Switch Date, the market specified as such in the Compounded Rate Terms.

 “Relevant Jurisdiction” means, in relation to an Obligor: 

 

	 	(a)	 its Original Jurisdiction; 

 

	 	(b)	 any jurisdiction where any asset (other than the Vessel) subject to or intended to be subject to a Security
Document to be executed by it is situated; 

  

	 	(c)	 any jurisdiction where it conducts its business; and 

 

	 	(d)	 the jurisdiction whose laws govern the perfection of any of the Security Documents entered into by it.

 “Relevant Person” means: 
  

	 	(a)	 each member of the Group; and 

 

	 	(b)	 each of their directors, officers and employees. 

“Restricted Party” means a person that is: 
  

	 	(a)	 listed on any Sanctions List or targeted by Sanctions (whether designated by name or by reason of being
included in a class of person); or 

  

	 	(b)	 located in or incorporated under the laws of any country or territory that is the target of comprehensive,
country- or territory-wide Sanctions; or 

  

	 	(c)	 directly or indirectly owned or controlled by, or acting on behalf, at the direction or for the benefit of, a
person referred to in (a) and/or (to the extent relevant under Sanctions) (b) above. 

  
 Page 22 

 “Restructuring” means the corporate restructuring of the Borrowers and the
Guarantor as contemplated in the Memorandum. 
 “Repayment Date” means each date for payment of a Repayment Instalment in
accordance with Clause 6 (Repayment). 
 “Repayment Instalment” means any instalment of a Tranche to be repaid by the
Borrowers under Clause 6 (Repayment) excluding any Balloon Payment. 
 “Repeating Representations” means each of the
representations set out in Clause 20.1.1 (Status) to Clause 20.1.6 (Governing law and enforcement), Clause 20.1.10 (No default) to Clause 20.1.19 (Pari passu ranking) and Clause 20.1.25 (Sanctions). 

“Reporting Day” means the day (if any) specified as such in the Compounded Rate Terms. 

“Reporting Time” means the relevant time (if any) specified as such in the Compounded Rate Terms. 

“Representative” means any delegate, agent, manager, administrator, nominee, attorney, trustee or custodian. 

“Requisition Compensation” means all compensation or other money which may from time to time be payable to a Borrower and/or
the Charterer as a result of a Vessel being requisitioned for title or in any other way compulsorily acquired (other than by way of requisition for hire). 

“Retention Accounts” means a bank accounts to be opened in the names of the Borrowers respectively with the Account Holder and
each designated “an Retention Account”. 
 “RFR” means the rate specified as such in the Compounded Rate Terms.

 “RFR Banking Day” means any day specified as such in the Compounded Rate Terms. 

“Sanctions” means any applicable (to any Relevant Person and/or Finance Party as the context provides) laws, regulations or
orders concerning any trade, economic or financial sanctions or embargoes. 
 “Sanctions Authority” means the Norwegian
State, the United Nations, the European Union, the Member States of the European Union, the United Kingdom, the United States of America and any of their respective legislative, executive, enforcement and/or regulatory authorities or bodies acting
in connection with Sanctions. 
 “Sanctions List” means: 

 

	 	(a)	 the lists of Sanctions designations and/or targets maintained by any Sanctions Authority; and/or

  

	 	(b)	 any other Sanctions designation or target listed and/or adopted by a Sanctions Authority,

 in all cases, as amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time. 

  
 Page 23 

 “Screen Rate” means the London interbank offered rate administered by ICE
Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for the relevant currency and period displayed on pages LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Thomson Reuters screen (or any replacement Thomson Reuters page
which displays that rate). 
 “Secured Parties” means each Finance Party from time to time party to this Agreement and any
Receiver or Delegate. 
 “Security Documents” means the Mortgages, the Assignments, the Guarantee, the Account Security
Deed, the Shares Securities, the Managers’ Undertakings and any other Credit Support Documents or (where the context permits) any one or more of them, and any other agreement or document which may at any time be executed by any person as
security for the payment of all or any part of the Indebtedness. 
 “Shares Securities” means first priority pledges of all
the issued shares of the Borrowers. 
 “SMC” means a valid safety management certificate issued for a Vessel by or on behalf
of the Administration under paragraph 13.7 of the ISM Code. 
 “Subsidiary” means a subsidiary undertaking within the
meaning of section 1162 of the Companies Act 2006. 
 “Tax” means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding
of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same). 

“Technical Manager” means: 
  

	 	(a)	 in respect of Vessel D, Falcon Navigation Shipmanagement SA, a company incorporated under the law of Liberia,
with registered address at 80, Broad Street, Monrovia, Liberia; 

  

	 	(b)	 Stealth Maritime Corp. S.A. (also trading under the name Stealth Maritime Corporation S.A.), a company
incorporated under the law of Liberia, with registered address at 80, Broad Street, Monrovia, Liberia or another company controlled by the Approved Family Members; or 

 

	 	(c)	 any other company which the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) may approve from time to
time as the technical manager of a Vessel. 

 “Term Rate Tranche” means any Tranche or, if applicable,
Unpaid Sum which is not a Compounded Rate Tranche. 
 “Term Reference Rate” means LIBOR. 

“Termination Date” means the earlier of (i) the fifth anniversary of the first Utilisation Date and (ii) 22 October
2026. 
 “Total Commitments” means the aggregate of the Commitments. 

  
 Page 24 

 “Total Loss” means: 

 

	 	(a)	 an actual, constructive, arranged, agreed or compromised total loss of a Vessel; or 

 

	 	(b)	 the requisition for title or compulsory acquisition of a Vessel by any government or other competent authority
(other than by way of requisition for hire); or 

  

	 	(c)	 the capture, seizure, arrest, detention, hijacking, theft, condemnation as prize, confiscation or forfeiture of
a Vessel (not falling within (b)), unless that Vessel is released and returned to the possession of the relevant Borrower or the Charterer within 30 days after the capture, seizure, arrest, detention, hijacking, theft, condemnation as prize,
confiscation or forfeiture in question. 

 “Tranche” means each of Tranche A, Tranche B, Tranche C and
Tranche D. 
 “Tranche A” means the part of the Loan up to the Maximum Tranche A Amount advanced or to be advanced to the
Borrowers by the Lenders in respect of Vessel A or, where the context permits, the aggregate principal amount so advanced and for the time being outstanding. 

“Tranche A Balloon Payment” means an amount of $2,940,000 in respect of Tranche A, or if a reduction pursuant to Clause 6.2
(Reduction of Repayment Instalments) is applicable that amount as so reduced. 
 “Tranche B” means the part of the
Loan up to the Maximum Tranche B Amount advanced or to be advanced to the Borrowers by the Lenders in respect of Vessel B or, where the context permits, the aggregate principal amount so advanced and for the time being outstanding. 

“Tranche C” means the part of the Loan up to the Maximum Tranche C Amount advanced or to be advanced to the Borrowers by the
Lenders in respect of Vessel C or, where the context permits, the aggregate principal amount so advanced and for the time being outstanding. 

“Tranche D” means the part of the Loan up to the Maximum Tranche D Amount advanced or to be advanced to the Borrowers by the
Lenders in respect of Vessel D or, where the context permits, the aggregate principal amount so advanced and for the time being outstanding. 

“Tranche D Balloon Payment” means an amount of $1,040,000 in respect of Tranche D, or if a reduction pursuant to Clause 6.2
(Reduction of Repayment Instalments) is applicable that amount as so reduced. 
 “Transfer Certificate” means a
certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 4 (Form of Transfer Certificate) or any other form agreed between the Agent and the Borrower. 

“Transfer Date” means, in relation to an assignment or a transfer, the later of: 

 

	 	(a)	 the proposed Transfer Date specified in the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate; and

  
 Page 25 

	 	(b)	 the date on which the Agent executes the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate.

 “Treasury Transactions” means any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection
against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price. 
 “Trust Property” means: 

 

	 	(a)	 all benefits derived by the Security Agent from any Finance Document; and 

 

	 	(b)	 all benefits arising under (including, without limitation, all proceeds of the enforcement of) each of the
Security Documents, 

 excluding any benefits arising solely for the benefit of the Security Agent. 

“Unpaid Sum” means any sum due and payable but unpaid by any Obligor under the Finance Documents. 

“US” means the United States of America. 

“Utilisation” means any part of a Tranche advanced or to be advanced pursuant to a Utilisation Request. 

“Utilisation Date” means the date on which the relevant Utilisation is advanced under Clause 5 (Advance). 

“Utilisation Request” means a notice substantially in the form set out in Schedule 3 (Utilisation Request). 

“Valuation” has the meaning given to it in Clause 18.2 (Market Value and provision of valuations). 

“VAT” means: 
  

	 	(a)	 any value added tax imposed by the Value Added Tax Act 1994; 

 

	 	(b)	 any tax imposed in compliance with the Council Directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value
added tax (EC Directive 2006/112); and 

  

	 	(c)	 any other tax of a similar nature, whether imposed in a member state of the European Union in substitution for,
or levied in addition to, such tax referred to in (b)(a), or imposed elsewhere. 

 “Vessels” means the
following vessels and everything now or in the future belonging to her on board and ashore, currently registered under the respective flags set out below in the ownership of the respective Borrowers set out below: 

 

							
	 Name of Vessel
	  	 IMO no
	  	 Flag
	  	 Borrower

	 “STEALTH BERANA”
 “Vessel
A”
	  	9437672	  	Liberia	  	Borrower A
	 “CLEAN THRASHER”
 “Vessel
B”
	  	9379155	  	Marshall Islands	  	Borrower B
	 “MAGIC WAND”
 “Vessel
C”
	  	9379143	  	Liberia	  	Borrower C
	 “FALCON MARYAM”
 “Vessel
D”
	  	9430260	  	Liberia	  	Borrower D

  
 Page 26 

 “VTL Coverage” has the meaning given to it in Clause 18.1 (VTL
Coverage). 
  

	1.2	 Construction Unless a contrary indication appears, any reference in this Agreement to:

  

	 	1.2.1	 any “Lender”, any “Borrower”, the “Guarantor”, the
“Bookrunner”, the “Agent”, the “Swap Provider”, any “Secured Party”, the “Security Agent”, any “Finance Party” or any “Party”
shall be construed so as to include its successors in title, permitted assignees and permitted transferees to, or of, its rights and/or obligations under the Finance Documents; 

 

	 	1.2.2	 “assets” includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description;

  

	 	1.2.3	 Lender’s “cost of funds” in relation to its participation in a Tranche is a reference to
the average cost (determined either on an actual or a notional basis) which that Lender would incur if it were to fund, from whatever source(s) it may reasonably select, an amount equal to the amount of that participation in that Tranche for a
period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Tranche; 

  

	 	1.2.4	 a “Finance Document”, a “Security Document”, a “Relevant
Document” or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Finance Document, Security Document, Relevant Document or other agreement or instrument as amended, novated, supplemented, extended or restated from time to time;

  

	 	1.2.5	 a “group of Lenders” includes all the Lenders; 

 

	 	1.2.6	 “guarantee” means (other than in Clause 19 (Guarantee and Indemnity)) any guarantee,
letter of credit, bond, indemnity or similar assurance against loss, or any obligation, direct or indirect, actual or contingent, to purchase or assume any indebtedness of any person or to make an investment in or loan to any person or to purchase
assets of any person where, in each case, such obligation is assumed in order to maintain or assist the ability of such person to meet its indebtedness; 

  

	 	1.2.7	 “indebtedness” includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the
payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent; 

  

	 	1.2.8	 a “person” includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of
a state or any association, trust, joint venture, consortium, partnership or other entity (whether or not having separate legal personality); 

  
 Page 27 

	 	1.2.9	 a “regulation” includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline
(whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or of any regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation; 

 

	 	1.2.10	 a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or
re-enacted from time to time; 

  

	 	1.2.11	 a time of day (unless otherwise specified) is a reference to London time; and 

 

	1.3	 Headings Section, Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only. 

 

	1.4	 Defined terms Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any
notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement. 

  

	1.5	 Default A Default (other than an Event of Default) is “continuing” if it has not been remedied
or waived and an Event of Default is “continuing” if it has not been waived. 

  

	1.6	 Reference to a page or screen A reference in this Agreement to a page or screen of an information
service displaying a rate shall include: 

  

	 	1.6.1	 any replacement page of that information service which displays that rate; and 

 

	 	1.6.2	 the appropriate page of such other information service which displays that rate from time to time in place of
that information service, 

 and, if such page or service ceases to be available, shall include any other page or service
displaying that rate specified by the Agent after consultation with the Borrowers. 
  

	1.7	 Reference to a Central Bank Rate A reference in this Agreement to a Central Bank Rate shall include any
successor rate to, or replacement rate for, that rate. 

  

	1.8	 Compounded Rate Supplement Any Compounded Rate Supplement overrides anything in: 

 

	 	1.8.1	 Schedule 6 (Compounded Rate Terms); or 

 

	 	1.8.2	 any earlier Compounded Rate Supplement. 

 

	1.9	 Compounding Methodology Supplement A Compounding Methodology Supplement relating to the Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate or the Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate overrides anything relating to that rate in: 

  

	 	1.9.1	 Schedule 7 (Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate) or
Schedule 8 (Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate), as the case may be; 

  
 Page 28 

	 	1.9.2	 any earlier Compounding Methodology Supplement. 

 

	1.10	 Rate for a period equal in length The determination of the extent to which a rate is “for a
period equal in length” to an Interest Period shall disregard any inconsistency arising from the last day of that Interest Period being determined pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. 

 

	1.11	 Currency symbols and definitions ”$”, “USD” and
“dollars” denote the lawful currency of the United States of America. 

  

	1.12	 Third party rights 

 

	 	1.12.1	 Unless expressly provided to the contrary in a Finance Document a person who is not a Party has no right under
the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 (the “Third Parties Act”) to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement. 

  

	 	1.12.2	 Notwithstanding any term of any Finance Document, the consent of any person who is not a Party is not required
to rescind or vary this Agreement at any time. 

  

	 	1.12.3	 Any Receiver, Delegate or any person described in Clause 27.10.2 (Exclusion of liability) may, subject
to this Clause 1.12 and the Third Parties Act, rely on any Clause of this Agreement which expressly confers rights on it. 

  

	1.13	 Offer letter This Agreement supersedes the terms and conditions contained in any correspondence relating
to the subject matter of this Agreement exchanged between any Finance Party and the Borrowers or their representatives before the date of this Agreement. 

  

	1.14	 Contractual recognition of bail-in 

 

	 	1.14.1	 In this Clause 1.14: 

“Article 55 BRRD” means Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit
institutions and investment firms. 
 “Bail-In Action” means the exercise of any
Write-down and Conversion Powers. 
 “Bail-In Legislation” means: 

 

	 	(a)	 in relation to an EEA Member Country which has implemented, or which at any time implements, Article 55 BRRD,
the relevant implementing law or regulation as described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time; 

  

	 	(b)	 in relation to the United Kingdom, the UK Bail-In Legislation; and

  

	 	(c)	 in relation to any state other than such an EEA Member and the United Kingdom, any analogous law or regulation
from time to time which requires contractual recognition of any Write-down and Conversion Powers contained in that law or regulation. 

  
 Page 29 

 “EEA Member Country” means any member state of the European Union,
Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway. 
 “EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” means the
document described as such and published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person) from time to time. 
 “Resolution
Authority” means any body which has authority to exercise any Write-down and Conversion Powers. 
 “UK Bail-In Legislation” means Part I of the United Kingdom Banking Act 2009 and any other law or regulation applicable in the United Kingdom relating to the resolution of unsound or failing banks, investment
firms or other financial institutions or their affiliates (otherwise than through liquidation, administration or other insolvency proceedings). 

“Write-down and Conversion Powers” means: 
  

	 	(a)	 in relation to any Bail-In Legislation described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time, the powers described as such in relation to that Bail-In Legislation in the EU Bail-In
Legislation Schedule; and 

  

	 	(b)	 in relation to any other applicable Bail-In Legislation:

  

	 	(i)	 any powers under that Bail-In Legislation to cancel, transfer or dilute
shares issued by a person that is a bank or investment firm or other financial institution or affiliate of a bank, investment firm or other financial institution, to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of such a person or any
contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a
right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers; and

  

	 	(ii)	 any similar or analogous powers under that Bail-In Legislation; and

  

	 	(c)	 in relation to any UK Bail-In Legislation: 

 

	 	(i)	 any powers under that UK Bail-In Legislation to cancel, transfer or
dilute shares issued by a person that is a bank or investment firm or other financial institution or affiliate of a bank, investment firm or other financial institution, to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of such a person or
any contract or instrument under which 

  
 Page 30 

	 	
that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to
have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that UK Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of
those powers; and 

  

	 	(ii)	 any similar or analogous powers under that UK Bail-In Legislation.

  

	 	1.14.2	 Notwithstanding any other term of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding
between the Parties, each Party acknowledges and accepts that any liability of any Party to any other Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be subject to Bail-In Action by the relevant
Resolution Authority and acknowledges and accepts to be bound by the effect of: 

  

	 	(a)	 any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability, including
(without limitation): 

  

	 	(i)	 a reduction, in full or in part, in the principal amount, or outstanding amount due (including any accrued but
unpaid interest) in respect of any such liability; 

  

	 	(ii)	 a conversion of all, or part of, any such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership that may be
issued to, or conferred on, it; and 

  

	 	(iii)	 a cancellation of any such liability; and 

 

	 	(b)	 a variation of any term of any Finance Document to the extent necessary to give effect to any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability. 

  
 Page 31 

 Section 2 The Loan 
  

	2	 The Loan 

  

	2.1	 Amount Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lenders agree to make available to the Borrowers on a
joint and several basis a term loan comprising all of the Tranches in an aggregate amount not exceeding the Maximum Loan Amount. 

  

	2.2	 Finance Parties’ rights and obligations 

 

	 	2.2.1	 The obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several. Failure by a Finance Party to
perform its obligations under the Finance Documents does not affect the obligations of any other Party under the Finance Documents. No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents.

  

	 	2.2.2	 The rights of each Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents are separate and independent
rights and any debt arising under the Finance Documents to a Finance Party from an Obligor is a separate and independent debt in respect of which a Finance Party shall be entitled to enforce its rights in accordance with Clause 2.2.3. The rights of
each Finance Party include any debt owing to that Finance Party under the Finance Documents and, for the avoidance of doubt, any part of the Loan or any other amount owed by an Obligor which relates to a Finance Party’s participation in the
Loan or its role under a Finance Document (including any such amount payable to the Agent on its behalf) is a debt owing to that Finance Party by that Obligor. 

 

	 	2.2.3	 A Finance Party may, except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, separately enforce its rights
under or in connection with the Finance Documents. 

  

	3	 Purpose 

  

	3.1	 Purpose The Borrowers shall apply the Loan towards part refinancing of the Vessels.

  

	3.2	 Monitoring No Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed
pursuant to this Agreement. 

  

	4	 Conditions of Utilisation 

 

	4.1	 Initial conditions precedent 

 

	 	4.1.1	 The Lenders will only be obliged to comply with Clause 5.3 (Lenders’ participation) in relation to
the advance of a Utilisation if, on or before the relevant Utilisation Date, the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part I of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.
The Agent shall notify the Borrowers and the Lenders promptly upon being so satisfied. 

  

	 	4.1.2	 Other than to the extent that the Majority Lenders notify the Agent in writing to the contrary before the Agent
gives the notification described in Clause 4.1.1, the Lenders authorise (but do not require) the Agent to give that notification. The Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever as a result of giving any such notification.

  
 Page 32 

	4.2	 Further conditions precedent 

 

	 	4.2.1	 The Lenders will only be obliged to advance a Utilisation if on the date of the relevant Utilisation Request
and on the proposed Utilisation Date: 

  

	 	(a)	 no Default is continuing or would result from the advance of that Utilisation; and 

 

	 	(b)	 the representations made by the Borrowers and the Guarantor under Clause 20 (Representations) are true.

  

	 	4.2.2	 The Lenders will only be obliged to advance a Utilisation if that Utilisation will not amount to more than 60%
of the Market Value of the relevant Vessel nor increase the Loan to a sum in excess of the Maximum Loan Amount. 

  

	4.3	 Conditions subsequent The Borrowers undertake to deliver or to cause to be delivered to the Agent the
additional documents and other evidence listed in Part II of Schedule 2 (Conditions Subsequent) within the timeframe set out in Part II of Schedule 2 (Conditions Subsequent). 

 

	4.4	 No waiver If the Lenders agree to advance a Utilisation to the Borrowers before all of the documents and
evidence required by Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent) have been delivered to or to the order of the Agent, the Borrowers undertake to deliver all outstanding documents and evidence to or to the order of the Agent no later than the
date specified by the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders). 

 The advance of a Utilisation under this
Clause 4.4 shall not be taken as a waiver of the Lenders’ right to require production of all the documents and evidence required by Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent). 

 

	4.5	 Form and content All documents and evidence delivered to the Agent under this Clause shall:

  

	 	4.5.1	 be in form and substance acceptable to the Agent; and 

 

	 	4.5.2	 if required by the Agent, be certified, notarised, legalised or attested in a manner acceptable to the Agent.

  

	4.6	 Vessel specified References in Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent and Subsequent) to “the
Vessel” or to any person, document or date relating to a Vessel shall be deemed to relate solely to the Vessel specified in the relevant Utilisation Request or to any person, document or date relating to that Vessel respectively.

  
 Page 33 

 Section 3 Utilisation 
  

	5	 Advance 

  

	5.1	 Delivery of a Utilisation Request The Borrowers may request a Tranche to be advanced in one Utilisation
by delivery to the Agent of a duly completed Utilisation Request not more than ten Business Days before the proposed Utilisation Date and not later than 11.00 am (London time) five Business Days (or such other period as the Agent may agree) before
the proposed Utilisation Date. 

  

	5.2	 Completion of a Utilisation Request A Utilisation Request is irrevocable and will not be regarded as
having been duly completed unless: 

  

	 	5.2.1	 it is signed by an authorised signatory of each Borrower; 

 

	 	5.2.2	 the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day within the Availability Period; and 

 

	 	5.2.3	 the proposed Interest Period complies with Clause 9 (Interest Periods). 

 

	5.3	 Lenders’ participation 

 

	 	5.3.1	 Subject to Clauses 2 (The Loan), 3 (Purpose) and 4 (Conditions of Utilisation), each
Lender shall make its participation in any Utilisation available by the relevant Utilisation Date through its Facility Office. 

  

	 	5.3.2	 The amount of each Lender’s participation in any Utilisation will be equal to the proportion borne by its
Commitment to the Total Commitments. 

  

	5.4	 Cancellation of Commitment The Total Commitments shall be cancelled at the end of the Availability
Period to the extent that they are unutilised at that time. 

  

	5.5	 Utilisation limit The Lenders will only be obliged to advance a Utilisation if:

  

	 	5.5.1	 that Utilisation will not increase the Loan to a sum in excess of the Maximum Loan Amount; and

  

	 	5.5.2	 that Utilisation will not cause the amount of the relevant Maximum Tranche Amount to be exceeded.

  
 Page 34 

 Section 4 Repayment, Prepayment and Cancellation 

 

	6	 Repayment 

  

	6.1	 Repayment of each Tranche The Borrowers shall repay each Tranche to the Agent by ten consecutive
half-yearly instalments each in the sum of: 

  

	 	6.1.1	 $733,800 in respect of Tranche A; 

 

	 	6.1.2	 $573,600 in respect of Tranche B; 

 

	 	6.1.3	 $573,600 in respect of Tranche C; and 

 

	 	6.1.4	 $521,000 in respect of Tranche D, 

the first instalment falling due on the date which is six Months after the Utilisation Date of that Tranche and subsequent instalments falling
due at consecutive intervals of six Months thereafter with the final instalment together with the relevant Balloon Payment (if any) plus any remaining balance of the Indebtedness falling due on the Termination Date. 

 

	6.2	 Reduction of Repayment Instalments If the aggregate amount advanced to the Borrowers in respect of a
Tranche is less than the relevant Maximum Tranche Amount, the amount of each Repayment Instalment and the relevant Balloon Payment in respect of the relevant Tranche shall be reduced pro rata to the amount actually advanced. 

 

	6.3	 Reborrowing The Borrowers may not reborrow any part of the Loan which is repaid. 

 

	7	 Illegality, Prepayment and Cancellation 

 

	7.1	 Illegality If in any applicable jurisdiction it becomes unlawful (other than by reason of Sanctions) for
a Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain its participation in the Loan or it becomes unlawful for any Affiliate of a Lender for that Lender to do so: 

 

	 	7.1.1	 that Lender shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event; 

 

	 	7.1.2	 upon the Agent notifying the Borrowers, the Commitment of that Lender will be immediately cancelled; and

  

	 	7.1.3	 to the extent that the Lender’s participation has not been transferred pursuant to Clause 37.5
(Replacement of Lender), the Borrowers shall repay that Lender’s participation in the Loan on the last day of the current Interest Period or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the notice delivered to the Agent and notified
by the Agent to the Borrowers (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law). 

  

	7.2	 Voluntary cancellation The Borrowers may, if they give the Agent not less than: 

 

	 	(a)	 in the case of a Term Rate Tranche, 5 Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority
Lenders may agree) prior notice; or 

  
 Page 35 

	 	(b)	 in the case of a Compounded Rate Tranche, 5 RFR Banking Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority
Lenders may agree) prior notice), 

 cancel the whole or any part (being a minimum amount of $1,000,000) of the undrawn
amount of the Loan. Any cancellation under this Clause 7.2 shall reduce the Commitments of the Lenders rateably. 
  

	7.3	 Voluntary prepayment of Loan The Borrowers may prepay the whole or any part of the Loan (but, if in
part, being an amount that reduces the Loan by a minimum amount of $1,000,000) subject as follows: 

  

	 	7.3.1	 they give the Agent not less than: 

 

	 	(a)	 in the case of a Term Rate Tranche, 5 Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may
agree) prior notice; or 

  

	 	(b)	 in the case of a Compounded Rate Tranche, 5 RFR Banking Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority
Lenders may agree) prior notice); 

  

	 	7.3.2	 the Loan may only be prepaid after the last day of the Availability Period; and 

 

	 	7.3.3	 any prepayment under this Clause 7.3 shall satisfy the obligations under Clause 6.1 (Repayment of Loan)
being applied on a pro rata basis to the remaining Repayment Instalments and any applicable Balloon Payment in inverse order of maturity. 

  

	7.4	 Right of cancellation and prepayment in relation to a single Lender 

 

	 	7.4.1	 If: 

  

	 	(a)	 any sum payable to any Lender by a Borrower or the Guarantor is required to be increased under Clause 12.2.3
(Tax gross-up); or 

  

	 	(b)	 any Lender claims indemnification from a Borrower or the Guarantor under Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity) or
Clause 13.1 (Increased costs), 

 the Borrowers may, while the circumstance giving rise to the requirement for that
increase or indemnification continues, give the Agent notice of cancellation of the Commitment(s) of that Lender and their intention to procure the repayment of that Lender’s participation in the Loan. 

 

	 	7.4.2	 On receipt of a notice referred to in Clause 7.4.1 in relation to a Lender, the Commitment(s) of that Lender
shall immediately be reduced to zero. 

  

	 	7.4.3	 On the last day of the Interest Period which ends after the Borrowers have given notice under Clause 7.4.1 in
relation to a Lender (or, if earlier, the date specified by the Borrowers in that notice), the Borrowers shall repay that Lender’s participation in the Loan together with all interest and other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents.

  
 Page 36 

	7.5	 Mandatory prepayment on sale or Total Loss

 

	 	7.5.1	 In this Agreement, “Prepayment Date” means: 

 

	 	(a)	 in the case of the sale of a Vessel, the time at and date on which the sale is completed; and

  

	 	(b)	 in the case of a Total Loss of a Vessel, the earlier of (i) the date falling 90 days after the Total Loss
Date and (ii) the date on which the proceeds of any such Total Loss are realised. 

  

	 	7.5.2	 If a Vessel is sold by a Borrower or becomes a Total Loss, the Borrowers shall prepay on the relevant
Prepayment Date the higher of: 

  

	 	(a)	 the whole of the Tranche outstanding in respect of that Vessel; and 

 

	 	(b)	 the amount that is required to ensure that the Borrowers remain in compliance with the VTL Coverage as
calculated on the relevant Prepayment Date and excluding, for the purpose of this calculation, the Market Value of the Vessel sold or that has become a Total Loss. 

 

	 	7.5.3	 For the purpose of Clause 7.5.2, the determination of the VTL Coverage will be based on: 

 

	 	(a)	 the last valuations of the remaining Vessels obtained by the Agent pursuant to Clause 18.2 (Market Value and
provision of valuations); or 

  

	 	(b)	 if such last valuations predate the relevant Prepayment Date by more than 30 days, new valuations to be
obtained by the Agent in accordance with the provisions of Clause 18.2 (Market Value and provision of valuations) on or before the relevant Prepayment Date. 

 

	 	7.5.4	 Any prepayment made in accordance with Clause 7.5.2(b) shall be applied in prepayment of the Tranches on a pro
rata basis and in inverse order of maturity. 

  

	7.6	 Mandatory prepayment on Change of Control If a Change of Control occurs, the Agent (Acting on the
instructions of the Majority Lenders) may by not less than 10 Business Days’ notice to the Borrowers cancel the Loan and require that the Borrowers shall prepay the whole of the Loan upon written demand from the Agent. 

 

	7.7	 Mandatory prepayment on breach of Sanctions If an Obligor does not comply with any obligation relating
to Clause 20.1.25 (Sanctions) or Clause 23.2.2 (Compliance with laws) or Clause 23.25 (Sanctions), the Agent (Acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) may by not less than 10 Business Days’ notice to the
Borrowers cancel the Loan and require that the Borrowers shall prepay the whole of the Loan upon written demand from the Agent 

  
 Page 37 

	7.8	 Right of cancellation in relation to a Defaulting Lender If any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, the
Borrowers may, at any time while the Lender continues to be a Defaulting Lender, give the Agent 10 Business Days’ notice of cancellation of the Commitment of that Lender. On that notice becoming effective, the Commitment of the Defaulting
Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero. The Agent shall as soon as practicable after receipt of that notice notify all the Lenders. 

  

	7.9	 Restrictions 

  

	 	7.9.1	 Any notice of prepayment or cancellation given under this Clause 7 shall be irrevocable and, unless a contrary
indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates upon which the relevant prepayment or cancellation is to be made and the amount of that prepayment or cancellation. 

 

	 	7.9.2	 Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and,
subject to any Break Costs, without premium or penalty. 

  

	 	7.9.3	 The Borrowers shall not repay, prepay or cancel all or any part of the Loan except at the times and in the
manner expressly provided for in this Agreement. 

  

	 	7.9.4	 No amount of the Total Commitments cancelled under this Agreement may be subsequently reinstated.

  

	 	7.9.5	 The Borrowers may not reborrow any part of the Loan which is prepaid. 

 

	 	7.9.6	 If the Agent receives a notice under this Clause 7 it shall promptly forward a copy of that notice to the
Borrowers or the affected Lender, as appropriate. 

  
 Page 38 

 Section 5 Costs of Utilisation 

 

	8A	 Rate Switch 

  

	8A.1	 Switch to Compounded Rate Subject to Clause 8A.2 (Delayed switch for existing Term Rate
Tranches), on and from the Rate Switch Date: 

  

	 	8A.1.1	 use of the Compounded Reference Rate will replace the use of the applicable Term Reference Rate for the
calculation of interest; and 

  

	 	8A.1.2	 any Tranche or Unpaid Sum shall be a “Compounded Rate Tranche” and Clause 9.2
(Calculation of interest – Compounded Rate Tranches) shall apply to each such Tranche or Unpaid Sum. 

  

	8A.2	 Delayed switch for existing Term Rate Tranches If the Rate Switch Date falls before the last day of an
Interest Period for a Term Rate Tranche: 

  

	 	8A.2.1	 that Tranche shall continue to be a Term Rate Tranche for that Interest Period and Clause 8.1.1 (Calculation
of interest – Term Rate Tranches) shall continue to apply to that Tranche for that Interest Period; and 

  

	 	8A.2.2	 on and from the first day of the next Interest Period (if any) for that Tranche 

 

	 	(a)	 that Tranche shall be a “Compounded Rate Tranche”; and 

 

	 	(b)	 Clause 8.1.2 (Calculation of interest – Compounded Rate Tranches) shall apply to that Tranche.

  

	8A.3	 Early termination of Interest Periods for existing Term Rate Tranches If: 

 

	 	8A.3.1	 an Interest Period for a Term Rate Tranche would otherwise end on a day which falls after the Rate Switch Date;
and 

  

	 	8A.3.2	 prior to the date of selection of that Interest Period: 

 

	 	(a)	 the Backstop Rate Switch Date was scheduled to occur during that Interest Period; or 

 

	 	(b)	 notice of a Rate Switch Trigger Event Date for that currency falling during that Interest Period had been given
pursuant to Clause 8A.4.1(b), 

 that Interest Period will instead end on the Rate Switch Date. 

 

	8A.4	 Notification by Agent 

 

	 	8A.4.1	 Subject to Clause 8A.4.3, following the occurrence of a Rate Switch Trigger Event, the Agent shall:

  

	 	(a)	 promptly upon becoming aware of the occurrence of that Rate Switch Trigger Event, notify the Borrowers and the
Lenders of that occurrence; and 

  
 Page 39 

	 	(b)	 promptly upon becoming aware of the date of the Rate Switch Trigger Event Date applicable to that Rate Switch
Trigger Event, notify the Borrowers and the Lenders of that date. 

  

	 	8A.4.2	 The Agent shall, promptly upon becoming aware of the occurrence of the Rate Switch Date, notify the Borrowers
and the Lenders of that occurrence. 

  

	 	8A.4.3	 The Parties agree that the FCA Cessation Announcement constitutes a Rate Switch Trigger Event in relation to
dollars, that the Rate Switch Trigger Event Date applicable to such Rate Switch Trigger Event will be 1 July 2023 and that the Agent is not under any obligation under Clause 8A.4.1 to notify any Party of such Rate Switch Trigger Event or Rate
Switch Trigger Event Date resulting from the FCA Cessation Announcement. 

  

	 	8A.4.4	 For the purposes of Clause 8A.4.3, the “FCA Cessation Announcement” means the announcement on
5 March 2021 by the UK’s Financial Conduct Authority that all LIBOR settings will, as of certain specified future dates, either cease to be provided by any administrator or no longer be representative of the market and economic reality
that they are intended to measure and that such representativeness will not be restored. 

  

	8	 Interest 

  

	8.1	 Calculation of interest

 

	 	8.1.1	 Term Rate Tranches The rate of interest on each Term Rate Tranche for each relevant Interest Period is
the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of the applicable: 

  

	 	(a)	 Margin; and 

  

	 	(b)	 Term Reference Rate. 

 

	 	8.1.2	 Compounded Rate Tranches  

 

	 	(a)	 The rate of interest on each Compounded Rate Tranche for any day during each relevant Interest Period is the
percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of the: 

  

	 	(i)	 Margin; and 

  

	 	(ii)	 Compounded Reference Rate for that day. 

 

	 	(b)	 If any day during an Interest Period for a Compounded Rate Tranche is not an RFR Banking Day, the rate of
interest on that Compounded Rate Tranche for that day will be the rate applicable to the immediately preceding RFR Banking Day. 

  

	 	8.2	 Payment of interest The Borrowers shall pay accrued interest on the Loan on the last day of each
Interest Period (and, if the Interest Period is longer than three Months, on the dates falling at intervals of three Months after the first day of the Interest Period). 

  
 Page 40 

	 	8.3	 Default interest 

 

	 	8.3.1	 If a Borrower or the Guarantor fails to pay any amount
payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date or if Clause 8.3.3 applies, interest shall accrue on the overdue amount from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which is 2% per annum higher
than the rate which would have been payable if the overdue amount had, during the period of non-payment or default, constituted the Loan in the currency of the overdue amount for successive Interest Periods,
each of a duration selected by the Agent (acting reasonably). Any interest accruing under this Clause 8.3 shall be immediately payable by the Borrowers or the Guarantor on demand by the Agent.

  

	 	8.3.2	 Default interest (if unpaid) arising on an overdue amount will be compounded with the overdue amount at the end
of each Interest Period applicable to that overdue amount but will remain immediately due and payable. 

  

	 	8.3.3	 If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Clause 24.1.1 (Non-payment)) is continuing and provided a notice of such Event of Default has been sent by the Agent to the Borrowers, the Borrowers shall, if so demanded by the Agent, compensate the Lenders for the increased
risk in relation to the Loan by paying interest on the Loan at a rate calculated in accordance with Clause 8.3.1 as if the whole of the outstanding Loan were an overdue amount. Any such interest shall accrue in accordance with Clause 34.3 (Day
count convention) and be payable by the Borrowers in accordance with Clause 8.2 (Payment of interest) and shall be without prejudice to any other right or remedy any Finance Party may have under Clause 13 (Increased Costs) or
Clause 24 (Events of Default). 

  

	8.4	 Notification The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrowers of the determination of a rate of interest
relating to a Term Rate Tranche. 

  

	 	8.4.1	 The Agent shall promptly upon a Compounded Rate Interest Payment being determinable, notify:

  

	 	(a)	 the Borrowers of that Compounded Rate Interest Payment; 

 

	 	(b)	 each relevant Lender of the portion of that Compounded Rate Interest Payment which relates to that
Lender’s participation in the relevant Compounded Rate Tranche; and 

  

	 	(c)	 the Lenders and the Borrowers of: 

 

	 	(i)	 each applicable rate of interest relating to the determination of that Compounded Rate Interest Payment; and

  

	 	(ii)	 to the extent it is then determinable, the Market Disruption Rate (if any) relating to the relevant Compounded
Rate Tranche. 

 This Clause 8.4.1 shall not apply to any Compounded Rate Interest Payment determined pursuant to Clause
10.4 (Cost of funds) 

  
 Page 41 

	 	8.4.2	 The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrowers of each Funding Rate relating to a Tranche.

  

	 	8.4.3	 The Agent shall promptly notify the relevant Lenders and the Borrowers of the determination of a rate of
interest relating to a Compounded Rate Tranche to which Clause 10.4 (Cost of funds) applies. 

  

	 	8.4.4	 This Clause 8.4 shall not require the Agent to make any notification to any Party on a day which is not a
Business Day. 

  

	9	 Interest Periods 

 

	9.1	 Selection of Interest Periods The Borrowers may select in a written notice to the Agent the duration of
an Interest Period for each Tranche subject as follows: 

  

	 	9.1.1	 each notice is irrevocable and must be delivered to the Agent by the Borrowers not later than 11.00 a.m. on the
Quotation Day; 

  

	 	9.1.2	 if the Borrowers fail to give a notice in accordance with Clause 9.1.1, the relevant Interest Period will,
subject to Clauses 9.2 (Interest Periods to meet Repayment Dates) and 9.4 (Non-Business Days), be three Months; 

 

	 	9.1.3	 subject to this Clause 9, the Borrowers may select an Interest Period of three or six Months or any other
period agreed between the Borrowers and the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders); 

  

	 	9.1.4	 an Interest Period shall not extend beyond the Termination Date; and 

 

	 	9.1.5	 the first Interest Period in respect of a Utilisation shall start on the relevant Utilisation Date and end on
the date which numerically corresponds to that Utilisation Date and each subsequent Interest Period for that Utilisation shall start on the last day of the preceding Interest Period and end on the date which numerically corresponds to that
commencement date, except that if there is no numerically corresponding date in that Month, the Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day in that Month, subject to Clause 9.2 (Second and subsequent Utilisations) and Clause 9.3
(Interest Periods to meet Repayment Dates). 

  

	 	9.1.6	 No Interest Period for a Compounded Rate Tranche shall be longer than six Months. 

 

	9.2	 Second and subsequent Utilisations If the second or any subsequent Utilisation is made otherwise than on
the first day of an Interest Period for the balance of the Loan, there shall be a separate initial Interest Period for that Utilisation commencing on its Utilisation Date and expiring on the final date of the then current Interest Period for the
balance of the Loan. 

  

	9.3	 Interest Periods to meet Repayment Dates If an Interest Period will expire after the next Repayment Date
in respect of the relevant Tranche, there shall be a separate Interest Period for a part of that tranche equal to the Repayment Instalment due on that next Repayment Date and that separate Interest Period shall expire on that next Repayment Date.

  
 Page 42 

	9.4	 Non-Business Days If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a
day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not). 

 

	10	 Changes to the Calculation of Interest 

 

	10.1	 Calculation of Reference Bank Rate 

 

	 	10.1.1	 Subject to Clause 10.2 (Market disruption), if LIBOR is to be determined by reference to a Reference
Bank Rate but a Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by 11.00 am on the Quotation Day, the Reference Bank Rate shall be calculated on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Reference Banks. 

 

	 	10.1.2	 If at or about noon on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period LIBOR is to be determined by
reference to the Reference Bank Rate and none or only one of the Reference Banks supplies a rate to the Agent to determine LIBOR for dollars, Clause 10.4 (Cost of funds) shall apply to the Loan for the relevant Interest Period.

  

	10.2	 Interest calculation if no RFR or Central Bank Rate If: 

 

	 	10.2.1	 there is no applicable RFR or Central Bank Rate for the purposes of calculating the Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate for an RFR Banking Day during an Interest Period for a Compounded Rate Tranche; and 

  

	 	10.2.2	 “Cost of funds will apply as a fallback” is specified in respect of that Tranche in the
Compounded Rate Terms for that Tranche, 

 then Clause 10.4 (Cost of funds) shall apply to that Tranche for that
Interest Period. 
  

	10.3	 Market disruption 

 

	 	10.3.1	 Term Rate Tranches In the case of a Term Rate Tranche, if before close of business in London on the
Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, the Agent receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in the relevant Tranche exceed 50% of the relevant Tranche) that its cost of funds relating to its participation in the
relevant Tranche from whatever source it may reasonably select would be in excess of LIBOR then Clause 10.4 (Cost of funds) shall apply to the relevant Tranche for the relevant Interest Period. 

 

	 	10.3.2	 Compounded Rate Tranches In the case of a Compounded Rate Tranche, if: 

 

	 	(a)	 a Market Disruption Rate is specified in the Compounded Rate Terms for that Tranche; and 

 

	 	(b)	 before the Reporting Time for that Tranche, the Agent receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders (whose
participations in that Tranche exceed 50% of that Tranche) that its cost of funds relating to its participation in that Tranche would be in excess of that Market Disruption Rate, 

  
 Page 43 

 then Clause 10.4 (Cost of funds) shall apply to that Tranche for the relevant
Interest Period. 
  

	10.4	 Cost of funds 

 

	 	10.4.1	 If this Clause 10.4 applies to a Tranche for an Interest Period, neither Clause 8.1.1 (Calculation of
interest - Term Rate Tranches) nor Clause 8.1.2 (Calculation of interest - Compounded Rate Tranches) shall apply to that Tranche for that Interest Period and the rate of interest on each Lender’s share of that
Tranche for that Interest Period shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of: 

  

	 	(a)	 the Margin; and 

  

	 	(i)	 the rate notified to the Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable, and in any event in relation to a Term
Rate Tranche, within three Business Days of the first day of that Interest Period (or, if earlier, on the date falling three Business Days before the date on which interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period); or

  

	 	(ii)	 in relation to a Compounded Rate Tranche, by the Reporting Time for that Tranche, 

to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum that Lender’s cost of funds relating to its participation in the relevant
Tranche. 
  

	 	10.4.2	 If this Clause 10.4 applies and the Agent or the Borrowers so requires, the Agent and the Borrowers shall enter
into negotiations (for a period of not more than thirty days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest. 

  

	 	10.4.3	 Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to Clause 10.4.2 shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders and the
Borrowers, be binding on all Parties. 

  

	 	10.4.4	 If an alternative basis is not agreed pursuant to Clause 10.4.2, the rate of interest shall continue to be
determined in accordance with Clause 10.4.1. 

  

	10.5	 Break Costs

  

	 	10.5.1	 Subject to Clause 10.5.2, the Borrowers shall, within three Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, pay to
that Finance Party its Break Costs (if any) attributable to all or any part of the Loan or Unpaid Sum being paid by the Borrowers on a day prior to the last day of an Interest Period for the Loan or Unpaid Sum. 

 

	 	10.5.2	 Clause 10.5.1 shall apply in respect of a Compounded Rate Tranche if an amount is specified as Break
Costs in the Compounded Rate Terms. 

  

	 	10.5.3	 Each Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate
confirming the amount of its Break Costs for any Interest Period respect of which they become, or may become, payable. 

  
 Page 44 

	11	 Fees 

  

	11.1	 Commitment Fee The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent (for the account of the Lenders in proportion to
their Commitments) a fee computed at a per annum rate equal to 40% of the Margin on the undrawn amount of the relevant Tranche for the period from and including 2 November 2021 to and including the last day of the Availability Period.

 The accrued commitment fee is payable on the last day of each successive period of three Months which ends during the
Availability Period, on the last day of the Availability Period, on the Utilisation Date in respect of the final Tranche to be drawn and (on the cancelled amount of the relevant Lender’s Commitment) at the time the cancellation is effective.

  

	11.2	 Upfront fee The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent an upfront fee in the amount and at the times agreed in
the Fee Letter. 

  
 Page 45 

 Section 6 Additional Payment Obligations 

 

	12	 Tax Gross Up and Indemnities 

 

	12.1	 Definitions In this Agreement: 

“Borrower DTTP Filing” means an HM Revenue & Customs’ Form DTTP2 duly completed and filed by the relevant
Borrower, which: 
  

	 	(a)	 where it relates to a Treaty Lender that is an Original Lender, contains the scheme reference number and
jurisdiction of tax residence stated opposite that Lender’s name in Part I of Schedule 1 (The Parties) and is filed with HM Revenue & Customs within 30 days of the date of this Agreement; or 

 

	 	(b)	 where it relates to a Treaty Lender that is not an Original Lender, contains the scheme reference number and
jurisdiction of tax residence stated in respect of that Lender in the documentation which it executes on becoming a Party as a Lender and is filed with HM Revenue & Customs within 30 days of the relevant Transfer Date.

 “Protected Party” means a Finance Party which is or will be subject to any liability or required to
make any payment for or on account of Tax in relation to a sum received or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purposes of Tax to be received or receivable) under a Finance Document. 

“Qualifying Lender” means a Lender which is beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance
under a Finance Document and is: 
  

	 	(a)	 a Lender which is a bank (as defined for the purpose of section 879 of the ITA) making an advance under a
Finance Document and is within the charge to United Kingdom corporation tax as respects any payments of interest made in respect of that advance or would be within such charge as respects such payments apart from section 18A of the CTA; or in
respect of an advance made under a Finance Document by a person that was a bank (as defined for the purpose of section 879 of the ITA) at the time that that advance was made and within the charge to United Kingdom corporation tax as respects any
payments of interest made in respect of that advance; or 

  

	 	(b)	 a Lender which is: 

  

	 	(i)	 a company resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes; 

 

	 	(ii)	 a partnership each member of which is: 

 

	 	(A)	 a company so resident in the United Kingdom; or 

 

	 	(B)	 a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a
permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of
the CTA; or 

  
 Page 46 

	 	(iii)	 a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a
permanent establishment and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that company; or 

 

	 	(c)	 a Treaty Lender. 

“Tax Confirmation” means a confirmation by a Lender that the person beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender
in respect of an advance under a Finance Document is either: 
  

	 	(a)	 a company resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes; 

 

	 	(b)	 a partnership each member of which is: 

 

	 	(i)	 a company so resident in the United Kingdom; or 

 

	 	(ii)	 a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a
permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of
the CTA; or 

  

	 	(c)	 a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a
permanent establishment and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that company. 

“Tax Credit” means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of any Tax. 

“Tax Deduction” means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document, other than
a FATCA Deduction. 
 “Tax Payment” means either the increase in a payment made by an Obligor to a Finance Party under
Clause 12.2 (Tax gross-up) or a payment under Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity). 

“Treaty Lender” means a Lender which: 
  

	 	(a)	 is treated as a resident of a Treaty State for the purposes of the Treaty; and 

 

	 	(b)	 does not carry on a business in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment with which that
Lender’s participation in the Loan is effectively connected. 

  
 Page 47 

 “Treaty State” means a jurisdiction having a double taxation agreement (a
“Treaty”) with the United Kingdom which makes provision for full exemption from tax imposed by the United Kingdom on interest. 

“UK Non-Bank Lender” means a Lender which is not an Original Lender and which gives a
Tax Confirmation in the documentation which it executes on becoming a Party as a Lender. 
 Unless a contrary indication appears, in this
Clause 12 a reference to “determines” or “determined” means a determination made in the absolute discretion of the person making the determination. 
  

	12.2	 Tax gross-up 

 

	 	12.2.1	 Each Borrower and the Guarantor shall (and shall procure that each other Obligor will) make all payments to be
made by it without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law. 

  

	 	12.2.2	 The Borrowers shall promptly upon becoming aware that an Obligor must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is
any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction) notify the Agent accordingly. Similarly, a Lender shall notify the Agent on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to that Lender. If the Agent receives such notification from a
Lender it shall notify the Borrowers and that Obligor. 

  

	 	12.2.3	 If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by an Obligor, the amount of the payment due from that Obligor
shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required. 

 

	 	12.2.4	 A payment shall not be increased under Clause 12.2.3 by reason of a Tax Deduction on account of Tax imposed by
the United Kingdom, if on the date on which the payment falls due: 

  

	 	(a)	 the payment could have been made to the relevant Lender without a Tax Deduction if the Lender had been a
Qualifying Lender, but on that date that Lender is not or has ceased to be a Qualifying Lender other than as a result of any change after the date it became a Lender under this Agreement in (or in the interpretation, administration, or application
of) any law or Treaty or any published practice or published concession of any relevant taxing authority; or 

  

	 	(b)	 the relevant Lender is a Qualifying Lender solely by virtue of (b) of the definition of Qualifying Lender
and: 

  

	 	(i)	 an officer of H.M. Revenue & Customs has given (and not revoked) a direction (a
“Direction”) under section 931 of the ITA which relates to the payment and that Lender has received from the Obligor making the payment a certified copy of that Direction; and 

  
 Page 48 

	 	(ii)	 the payment could have been made to the Lender without any Tax Deduction if that Direction had not been made;
or 

  

	 	(c)	 the relevant Lender is a Qualifying Lender solely by virtue of (b) of the definition of Qualifying Lender
and: 

  

	 	(i)	 the relevant Lender has not given a Tax Confirmation to the Borrowers; and 

 

	 	(ii)	 the payment could have been made to the Lender without any Tax Deduction if the Lender had given a Tax
Confirmation to the Borrowers, on the basis that the Tax Confirmation would have enabled the Borrowers to have formed a reasonable belief that the payment was an “excepted payment” for the purpose of section 930 of the ITA; or

  

	 	(d)	 the relevant Lender is a Treaty Lender and the Obligor making the payment is able to demonstrate that the
payment could have been made to that Lender without the Tax Deduction had that Lender complied with its obligations under Clause 12.2.7 or Clause 12.2.8 (as applicable). 

 

	 	12.2.5	 If an Obligor is required to make a Tax Deduction, the relevant Borrower or the Guarantor shall (and, in the
case of any other Obligor, the Borrowers and the Guarantor shall procure that such other Obligor will) make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required
by law. 

  

	 	12.2.6	 Within 30 days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction,
the Borrowers or the Guarantor making that Tax Deduction shall (and, in the case of any other Obligor, the Borrowers and the Guarantor shall procure that such other Obligor will) deliver to the Agent for the Finance Party entitled to the payment a
statement under section 975 of the ITA or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to that Finance Party that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing authority. 

 

	 	12.2.7	 (a)Subject to (b), a Treaty Lender and each Borrower or the Guarantor which makes a payment to which that
Treaty Lender is entitled shall co-operate in completing any procedural formalities necessary for that Borrower or the Guarantor to obtain authorisation to make that payment without a Tax Deduction.

  

	 	(b)	 (i) A Treaty Lender which is an Original Lender and that holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport
scheme, and which wishes that scheme to apply to this Agreement, shall confirm its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence opposite its name in Part I of Schedule 1 (The Parties); and 

  
 Page 49 

	 	(ii)	 a Treaty Lender which is not an Original Lender and that holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport
scheme, and which wishes that scheme to apply to this Agreement, shall confirm its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence in the documentation which it executes on becoming a Party as a Lender, 

and, having done so, that Lender shall be under no obligation pursuant to (a). 

 

	 	12.2.8	 If a Lender has confirmed its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence in accordance with
Clause 12.2.7(b) and: 

  

	 	(a)	 a Borrower making a payment to that Lender has not made a Borrower DTTP Filing in respect of that Lender; or

  

	 	(b)	 a Borrower making a payment to that Lender has made a Borrower DTTP Filing in respect of that Lender but:

  

	 	(i)	 that Borrower DTTP Filing has been rejected by HM Revenue & Customs; 

 

	 	(ii)	 HM Revenue & Customs has not given that Borrower authority to make payments to that Lender without a
Tax Deduction within 60 days of the date of the Borrower DTTP Filing; or 

  

	 	(iii)	 HM Revenue & Customs has given that Borrower authority to make payments to that Lender without a Tax
Deduction but such authority has subsequently been revoked or expired, 

 and in each case, that Borrower has notified
that Lender in writing, that Lender and that Borrower shall co-operate in completing any additional procedural formalities necessary for that Borrower to obtain authorisation to make that payment without a Tax
Deduction. 
  

	 	12.2.9	 If a Lender has not confirmed its scheme reference number and jurisdiction of tax residence in accordance with
Clause 12.2.7(b), the Borrowers and the Guarantor shall not make a Borrower DTTP Filing or file any other form relating to the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme in respect of that Lender’s Commitment(s) or its participation in any Utilisation
unless the Lender otherwise agrees. 

  

	 	12.2.10	 A Borrower shall, promptly on making a Borrower DTTP Filing, deliver a copy of that Borrower DTTP Filing to the
Agent for delivery to the relevant Lender. 

  

	 	12.2.11	 A UK Non-Bank Lender which is an Original Lender gives a Tax
Confirmation to the Borrowers by entering into this Agreement. 

  
 Page 50 

	 	12.2.12	 A UK Non-Bank Lender shall promptly notify the Borrowers and the Agent
if there is any change in the position from that set out in the Tax Confirmation. 

  

	12.3	 Tax indemnity 

 

	 	12.3.1	 Each Borrower and the Guarantor shall (within three Business Days of demand by the Agent) pay to a Protected
Party an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which that Protected Party determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by that Protected Party in respect of a Finance Document.

  

	 	12.3.2	 Clause 12.3.1 shall not apply: 

 

	 	(a)	 with respect to any Tax assessed on a Finance Party: 

 

	 	(i)	 under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party is incorporated or, if different, the
jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Finance Party is treated as resident for tax purposes; or 

  

	 	(ii)	 under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party’s Facility Office is located in respect of
amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction, 

 if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net
income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by that Finance Party; or 
  

	 	(b)	 to the extent a loss, liability or cost: 

 

	 	(i)	 is compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 12.2 (Tax
gross-up); 

  

	 	(ii)	 would have been compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 12.2 (Tax gross-up) but was not so compensated solely because one of the exclusions in Clause 12.2.4 (Tax gross-up) applied; or 

 

	 	(iii)	 relates to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party. 

 

	 	12.3.3	 A Protected Party making, or intending to make a claim under Clause 12.3.1 shall promptly notify the Agent of
the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall notify the Borrowers. 

  

	 	12.3.4	 A Protected Party shall, on receiving a payment from a Borrower or the Guarantor under this Clause 12.3, notify
the Agent. 

  
 Page 51 

	12.4	 Tax Credit If an Obligor makes a Tax Payment and the relevant Finance Party determines that:

  

	 	12.4.1	 a Tax Credit is attributable to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, to that Tax Payment
or to a Tax Deduction in consequence of which that Tax Payment was required; and 

  

	 	12.4.2	 that Finance Party has obtained and utilised that Tax Credit, 

that Finance Party shall pay an amount to the relevant Obligor which that Finance Party determines will leave it (after that payment) in the
same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been made. 
  

	12.5	 Lender status confirmation Each Lender which is not an Original Lender shall indicate, in the
documentation which it executes on becoming a Party as a Lender, and for the benefit of the Agent and without liability to any Obligor, which of the following categories it falls in: 

 

	 	12.5.1	 not a Qualifying Lender; 

 

	 	12.5.2	 a Qualifying Lender (other than a Treaty Lender); or 

 

	 	12.5.3	 a Treaty Lender. 

If such a Lender fails to indicate its status in accordance with this Clause 12.5 then that Lender shall be treated for the purposes of this
Agreement (including by each Obligor) as if it is not a Qualifying Lender until such time as it notifies the Agent which category applies (and the Agent, upon receipt of such notification, shall inform the Borrowers). For the avoidance of doubt, the
documentation which a Lender executes on becoming a Party as a Lender shall not be invalidated by any failure of a Lender to comply with this Clause 12.5. 
  

	12.6	 Stamp taxes The Borrowers and the Guarantor shall pay and, within three Business Days of demand,
indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability that Finance Party incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document. 

 

	12.7	 VAT 

  

	 	12.7.1	 All amounts expressed to be payable under a Finance Document by any Party or any Obligor to a Finance Party
which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for any supply for VAT purposes are deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on that supply, and accordingly, subject to Clause 12.7.2, if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any
supply made by any Finance Party to any Party or any Obligor under a Finance Document and such Finance Party is required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT, that Party shall (or, where the relevant Obligor is not a Party, the
Borrowers and the Guarantor shall procure that such Obligor will) pay to such Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of the VAT (and such Finance Party must
promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to the recipient of such supply). 

  

	 	12.7.2	 If VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party (the “Supplier”) to
any other Finance Party (the “Recipient”) under a Finance Document, and any Party other than the Recipient (the “Relevant  

  
 Page 52 

	 	
Party”) is required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for that supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse or
indemnify the Recipient in respect of that consideration): 

  

	 	(a)	 (where the Supplier is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant
Party must also pay to the Supplier (at the same time as paying that amount) an additional amount equal to the amount of the VAT. The Recipient must (where this Clause 12.7.2(a) applies) promptly pay to the Relevant Party an amount equal to any
credit or repayment the Recipient receives from the relevant tax authority which the Recipient reasonably determines relates to the VAT chargeable on that supply; and 

 

	 	(b)	 (where the Recipient is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant
Party must promptly, following demand from the Recipient, pay to the Recipient an amount equal to the VAT chargeable on that supply but only to the extent that the Recipient reasonably determines that it is not entitled to credit or repayment from
the relevant tax authority in respect of that VAT. 

  

	 	12.7.3	 Where a Finance Document requires any Party or Obligor to reimburse or indemnify a Finance Party for any cost
or expense, that Party shall (or, where the relevant Obligor is not a Party, the Borrowers and the Guarantor shall procure that such Obligor will) reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) such Finance Party for the full amount of such cost or
expense, including such part thereof as represents VAT, save to the extent that such Finance Party reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment in respect of such VAT from the relevant tax authority. 

 

	 	12.7.4	 Any reference in this Clause 12.7 to any Party or Obligor shall, at any time when such person is treated as a
member of a group for VAT purposes, include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise requires) a reference to the representative member of such group at such time (the term “representative member” to have the same meaning as in
the Value Added Tax Act 1994) or any equivalent person in any jurisdiction other than the United Kingdom. 

  

	 	12.7.5	 In relation to any supply made by a Finance Party to any Party or Obligor under a Finance Document, if
reasonably requested by such Finance Party, that Party shall (or, where the relevant Obligor is not a Party, the Borrowers and the Guarantor shall procure that such Obligor will) promptly provide such Finance Party with details of that person’s
VAT registration and such other information as is reasonably requested in connection with such Finance Party’s VAT reporting requirements in relation to such supply. 

  
 Page 53 

	12.8	 FATCA information 

 

	 	12.8.1	 Subject to Clause 12.8.3, each Party shall, within ten Business Days of a reasonable request by another Party:

  

	 	(a)	 confirm to that other Party whether it is: 

 

	 	(i)	 a FATCA Exempt Party; or 

 

	 	(ii)	 not a FATCA Exempt Party; 

 

	 	(b)	 supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA
as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party’s compliance with FATCA; and 

  

	 	(c)	 supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status as that other
Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party’s compliance with any other law, regulation, or exchange of information regime. 

  

	 	12.8.2	 If a Party confirms to another Party pursuant to Clause 12.8.1(a)(i) that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it
subsequently becomes aware that it is not or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that Party shall notify that other Party reasonably promptly. 

  

	 	12.8.3	 Clause 12.8.1 shall not oblige any Finance Party to do anything, and Clause 12.8.1(c) shall not oblige any
other Party to do anything, which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of: 

  

	 	(a)	 any law or regulation; 

 

	 	(b)	 any fiduciary duty; or 

 

	 	(c)	 any duty of confidentiality. 

 

	 	12.8.4	 If a Party fails to confirm whether or not it is a FATCA Exempt Party or to supply forms, documentation or
other information requested in accordance with Clause 12.8.1(a) or 12.8.1(b) (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where Clause 12.8.3 applies), then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments under them)
as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party until such time as the Party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information. 

  

	12.9	 FATCA Deduction 

 

	 	12.9.1	 Each Party may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required in connection
with that FATCA Deduction, and no Party shall be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction. 

 

	 	12.9.2	 Each Party shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change
in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction) notify the Party to whom it is making the payment and, in addition, shall notify the Borrowers and the Agent and the Agent shall notify the other Finance Parties. 

  
 Page 54 

	13	 Increased Costs 

 

	13.1	 Increased costs Subject to Clause 13.3 (Exceptions), the Borrowers shall, within three Business
Days of a demand by the Agent, pay to the Agent for the account of a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates as a result of (i) the introduction of or any change in (or in the
interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation or (ii) compliance with any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement or (iii) the implementation or application of or compliance with Basel III or CRD
IV or any other law or regulation which implements Basel III or CRD IV (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, that Finance Party or any of that Finance Party’s Affiliates). 

In this Agreement: 
  

	 	(a)	 “Basel III” means: 

 

	 	(i)	 the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in “Basel III:
A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems”, “Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring” and “Guidance for national authorities operating the
countercyclical capital buffer” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated; 

  

	 	(ii)	 the rules for global systemically important banks contained in “Global systemically important banks:
assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement – Rules text” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated; and 

 

	 	(iii)	 any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to
“Basel III”. 

  

	 	(b)	 “CRD IV” means EU CRD IV and UK CRD IV. 

 

	 	(c)	 “EU CRD IV” means: 

 

	 	(i)	 Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on prudential
requirements for credit institutions and investment firms and amending Regulation (EU) No 648/2012; and 

  

	 	(ii)	 (Directive 2013/36/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on access to the
activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms, amending Directive 2002/87/EC and repealing Directives 2006/48/EC and 2006/49/EC. 

  
 Page 55 

	 	(d)	 “UK CRD IV” means: 

 

	 	(i)	 (Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on prudential
requirements for credit institutions and investment firms and amending Regulation (EU) No 648/2012 as it forms part of domestic law of the United Kingdom by virtue of the 2018 Withdrawal Act; 

 

	 	(ii)	 the law of the United Kingdom or any part of it, which immediately before IP Completion Day (as defined in the
2020 Withdrawal Act) implemented Directive 2013/36/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on access to the activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms,
amending Directive 2002/87/EC and repealing Directives 2006/48/EC and 2006/49/EC and its implementing measures; and 

  

	 	(iii)	 direct EU legislation (as defined in the 2018 Withdrawal Act), which immediately before IP Completion Day (as
defined in the 2020 Withdrawal Act) implemented EU CRD IV as it forms part of domestic law of the United Kingdom by virtue of the 2018 Withdrawal Act. 

  

	 	(e)	 “Increased Costs” means: 

 

	 	(i)	 a reduction in the rate of return from the Loan or on a Finance Party’s (or its Affiliate’s) overall
capital; 

  

	 	(ii)	 an additional or increased cost; or 

 

	 	(iii)	 a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document, 

which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to that Finance Party having
entered into any Finance Document or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document. 
  

	13.2	 Increased cost claims 

 

	 	13.2.1	 A Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to Clause 13.1 (Increased costs) shall notify the
Agent of the event giving rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall promptly notify the Borrowers. 

  

	 	13.2.2	 Each Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming
the amount of its Increased Costs. 

  

	13.3	 Exceptions Clause 13.1 (Increased costs) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is:

  

	 	13.3.1	 attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by a Borrower or the Guarantor;

  

	 	13.3.2	 attributable to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party; 

  
 Page 56 

	 	13.3.3	 compensated for by Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity) (or would have been compensated for under
Clause 12.3 but was not so compensated solely because any of the exclusions in Clause 12.3 applied); 

  

	 	13.3.4	 attributable to the wilful breach by the relevant Finance Party or its Affiliates of any law or regulation; or

  

	 	13.3.5	 attributable to the implementation or application of or compliance with the “International Convergence of
Capital Measurement and Capital Standards, a Revised Framework” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in June 2004 in the form existing on the date of this Agreement (but excluding any amendment arising out of Basel III)
(“Basel II”) or any other law or regulation which implements Basel II (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, Finance Party or any of its Affiliates). 

In this Clause 13.3, a reference to a “Tax Deduction” has the same meaning given to the term in Clause 12.1
(Definitions). 
  

	14	 Other Indemnities 

 

	14.1	 Currency indemnity If any sum due from a Borrower or the Guarantor under the Finance Documents (a “Sum”), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the “First
Currency”) in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the “Second Currency”) for the purpose of: 

  

	 	14.1.1	 making or filing a claim or proof against that Borrower or the Guarantor (as the case may be); or

  

	 	14.1.2	 obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings,

 that Borrower or the Guarantor (as the case may be) shall as an independent obligation, within three Business Days of
demand, indemnify each Secured Party to whom that Sum is due against any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (a) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First
Currency into the Second Currency and (b) the rate or rates of exchange available to that Secured Party at the time of its receipt of that Sum. 

Each Borrower and the Guarantor waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay
any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency or currency unit other than that in which it is expressed to be payable. 
  

	14.2	 Other indemnities 

 

	 	14.2.1	 The Borrowers shall, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Secured Party against any cost, loss
or liability incurred by that Secured Party as a result of: 

  

	 	(a)	 the occurrence of any Event of Default; 

  
 Page 57 

	 	(b)	 a failure by an Obligor to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date, including without
limitation, any cost, loss or liability arising as a result of Clause 30 (Sharing among the Finance Parties); 

  

	 	(c)	 funding, or making arrangements to fund, its participation in a Utilisation requested by the Borrowers in a
Utilisation Request but not made by reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or negligence by that Finance Party alone); or 

 

	 	(d)	 the Loan (or part of the Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by the
Borrowers. 

  

	 	14.2.2	 The Borrowers shall promptly indemnify each Finance Party, each Affiliate of a Finance Party and each officer
or employee of a Finance Party or its Affiliate (each such person for the purposes of this Clause 14.2 an “Indemnified Person”) against any cost, loss or liability incurred by that Indemnified Person pursuant to or in connection
with any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or regulatory enquiry, in connection with or arising out of the entry into and the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents, having the benefit of any Encumbrance constituted
by the Finance Documents or which relates to the condition or operation of, or any incident occurring in relation to, a Vessel, unless such cost, loss or liability is caused by the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of that Indemnified Person.
Any Affiliate or any officer or employee of a Finance Party or its Affiliate may rely on this Clause 14.2 subject to Clause 1.12 (Third party rights) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act. 

 

	 	14.2.3	 Subject to any limitations set out in Clause 14.2.2, the indemnity in that Clause shall cover any cost, loss or
liability incurred by each Indemnified Person in any jurisdiction: 

  

	 	(a)	 arising or asserted under or in connection with any law relating to safety at sea, the ISM Code, any
Environmental Law or any Sanctions; or 

  

	 	(b)	 in connection with any Environmental Claim. 

 

	14.3	 Indemnity to the Agent Each Borrower jointly and severally shall promptly indemnify the Agent against:

  

	 	14.3.1	 any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Agent (acting reasonably) as a result of: 

 

	 	(a)	 investigating any event which it reasonably believes is a Default; or 

 

	 	(b)	 acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and
appropriately authorised; or 

  
 Page 58 

	 	(c)	 instructing lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts as
permitted under this Agreement; and 

  

	 	14.3.2	 any cost, loss or liability (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability
whatsoever) incurred by the Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct) (or, in the case of any cost, loss or liability pursuant to Clause 31.11 (Disruption to Payment Systems etc.)
notwithstanding the Agent’s negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) in acting as Agent under the Finance Documents. 

 

	14.4	 Indemnity to the Security Agent Each Borrower and the Guarantor jointly and severally shall promptly
indemnify the Security Agent and every Receiver and Delegate against any cost, loss or liability incurred by any of them as a result of: 

  

	 	14.4.1	 any failure by the Borrowers to comply with their obligations under Clause 16 (Costs and Expenses);

  

	 	14.4.2	 acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and
appropriately authorised; 

  

	 	14.4.3	 the taking, holding, protection or enforcement of the Security Documents; 

 

	 	14.4.4	 the exercise of any of the rights, powers, discretions, authorities and remedies vested in the Security Agent
and each Receiver and Delegate by the Finance Documents or by law; 

  

	 	14.4.5	 any default by any Obligor in the performance of any of the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in the
Finance Documents; or 

  

	 	14.4.6	 acting as Security Agent, Receiver or Delegate under the Finance Documents or which otherwise relates to any of
the Charged Property (otherwise, in each case, than by reason of the relevant Security Agent’s, Receiver’s or Delegate’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct). 

 

	14.5	 Indemnity survival The indemnities contained in this Agreement shall survive repayment of the Loan.

  

	15	 Mitigation by the Lenders 

 

	15.1	 Mitigation Each Finance Party shall, in consultation with the Borrowers, take all reasonable steps to
mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in all or any part of the Loan ceasing to be available or any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to any of Clause 7.1 (Illegality), Clause 12 (Tax Gross Up and
Indemnities) or Clause 13 (Increased Costs) including (but not limited to) transferring its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to another Affiliate or Facility Office. The above does not in any way limit the obligations of
any Obligor under the Finance Documents. 

  

	15.2	 Limitation of liability The Borrowers shall promptly indemnify each Finance Party for all costs and
expenses reasonably incurred by that Finance Party as a result of steps taken by it under Clause 15.1 (Mitigation). A Finance Party is not obliged to take any steps under Clause 15.1 if, in its opinion (acting reasonably), to do so might be
prejudicial to it. 

  
 Page 59 

	16	 Costs and Expenses 

 

	16.1	 Transaction expenses The Borrowers shall promptly on demand pay the Agent, the Security Agent and the
Bookrunner the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by any of them (and, in the case of the Security Agent, by any Receiver or Delegate) in connection with: 

 

	 	16.1.1	 the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution, syndication and perfection of this Agreement and any other
documents referred to in this Agreement; 

  

	 	16.1.2	 the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution and perfection of any other Finance Documents executed after
the date of this Agreement; 

  

	 	16.1.3	 any other document which may at any time be required by a Finance Party to give effect to any Finance Document
or which a Finance Party is entitled to call for or obtain under any Finance Document; and 

  

	 	16.1.4	 any discharge, release or reassignment of any of the Security Documents. 

 

	16.2	 Amendment costs Subject to Clause 16.6 (Reference rate transition costs), if (a) an
Obligor requests an amendment, waiver or consent or (b) an amendment is required pursuant to Clause 31.10 (Change of currency), the Borrowers shall, within three Business Days of demand, reimburse each of the Agent and the Security Agent
for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by the Agent and the Security Agent (and, in the case of the Security Agent, by any Receiver or Delegate) in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with
that request or requirement. 

  

	16.3	 Agent and Security Agent’s management time and additional remuneration Any amount payable to the
Agent under Clause 14.3 (Indemnity to the Agent) or to the Security Agent under Clause 14.4 (Indemnity to the Security Agent) or to either of them under this Clause 16 or Clause 27.11 (Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent) shall
include the cost of utilising the management time or other resources of the Agent or the Security Agent (as the case may be) and will be calculated on the basis of such reasonable daily or hourly rates as the Agent or the Security Agent may notify
to the Borrowers and the Lenders, and is in addition to any other fee paid or payable to the Agent or the Security Agent. 

  

	16.4	 Enforcement and preservation costs The Borrowers shall, within three Business Days of demand, pay to
each Finance Party and each other Secured Party the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by that Finance Party in connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance Document and any
proceedings instituted by or against the Security Agent as a consequence of taking or holding the Security Documents or enforcing those rights including (without limitation) any losses, costs and expenses which that Finance Party or other Secured
Party may from time to time sustain, incur or become liable for by reason of that Finance Party or other Secured Party being mortgagee of a Vessel and/or a lender to a Borrower, or by reason of that Finance Party or other Secured Party being deemed
by any court or authority to be an operator or controller, or in any way concerned in the operation or control, of a Vessel. 

  
 Page 60 

	16.5	 Other costs The Borrowers shall, within three Business Days of demand, pay to each Finance Party and
each other Secured Party the amount of all sums which that Finance Party or other Secured Party may pay or become actually or contingently liable for on account of a Borrower in connection with a Vessel (whether alone or jointly or jointly and
severally with any other person) including (without limitation) all sums which that Finance Party or other Secured Party may pay or guarantees which it may give in respect of the Insurances, any expenses incurred by that Finance Party or other
Secured Party in connection with the maintenance or repair of a Vessel or in discharging any lien, bond or other claim relating in any way to a Vessel, and any sums which that Finance Party or other Secured Party may pay or guarantees which it may
give to procure the release of a Vessel from arrest or detention. 

  

	16.6	 Reference rate transition costs  

The Borrowers shall, within three Business Days of demand, reimburse the Agent for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees)
reasonably incurred by the Agent in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with any amendment or waiver requested or made pursuant to Clause 37.3 (Changes to reference rates). 

  
 Page 61 

 Section 7 Accounts and Application of Earnings 

 

	17	 Accounts 

  

	17.1	 Accounts 

  

	 	17.1.1	 The Borrowers shall maintain the Accounts with the Account Holder for the duration of the Facility Period free
of Encumbrances and rights of set off other than those created by or under the Finance Documents. 

  

	 	17.1.2	 No Borrower shall open any bank account except for the Accounts. 

 

	17.2	 Earnings Each Borrower shall procure that all Earnings and any Requisition Compensation are credited to
its Earnings Account. 

  

	17.3	 Withdrawals 

  

	 	17.3.1	 During the Facility Period, no sum may be withdrawn from an Earning Account without the prior written consent
of the Security Agent, except for: 

  

	 	(a)	 Operating Expenses in respect of the relevant Vessel; 

 

	 	(b)	 transfers to that Borrower’s Retention Account made in accordance with Clause 17.4 (Transfers to
Retention Account); 

  

	 	(c)	 Permitted Distributions; 

 

	 	(d)	 any amount or costs to be paid pursuant to a Finance Document; and 

 

	 	(e)	 any amount remaining to the credit of that Earnings Account following the making of any transfer listed in
paragraphs (a) to (d), 

 provided that the Borrowers are in compliance with Clause 22 (Financial Covenants)
and, in the case of (a), (c) and (e), no Default is continuing. 
  

	 	17.3.2	 During the Facility Period, no sum may be withdrawn from the Retention Account without the prior written
consent of the Security Agent, except for payments in accordance with Clause 17.6 (Application of Retention Account). 

  

	 	17.3.3	 No Account shall be overdrawn as a result of a withdrawal made in accordance with this Clause 17.3.

  

	17.4	 Transfers to Retention Account On the day in each calendar month during the Facility Period which
numerically corresponds to the Utilisation Date in respect of the Tranche relating to its Vessel (or, if there is no such day, on the last Business Day of that month), each Borrower shall transfer or cause to be transferred from its Earnings Account
to its Retention Account: 

  

	 	17.4.1	 one-sixth of the amount of the Repayment Instalment due on the next
Repayment Date (which shall be deemed to be the day for that transfer if that day is a Repayment Date); and 

  

	 	17.4.2	 one-sixth of: 

  
 Page 62 

	 	(a)	 in respect of a Term Rate Tranche, the amount of interest due on the next Interest Payment Date (which shall be
deemed to be the day for that transfer if that day is an Interest Payment Date) divided by the number of months between the last Interest Payment Date (or, if none, the relevant Utilisation Date) and that next Interest Payment Date,

  

	 	(b)	 in respect of a Compounded Rate Tranche, the estimated amount of interest in respect of that Tranche due on the
next Interest Payment Date (which shall be deemed to be the day for that transfer if that day is an Interest Payment Date), as calculated by the Agent on the basis of the amount of interest paid on the previous Interest Payment Date and as notified
by the Agent on the previous Interest Payment Date, 

 and the Borrowers irrevocably authorise the Security Agent to
instruct the Account Holder to make those transfers if the Borrowers fail to do so on the relevant date. 
  

	17.5	 Additional payments to Retention Account If for any reason the amount standing to the credit of the
relevant Earnings Account is insufficient to make any transfer to the relevant Retention Account required by Clause 17.4 (Transfers to Retention Account), the Borrowers shall, without demand, procure that there is credited to that Retention
Account, on the date on which the relevant amount would have been transferred from the relevant Earnings Account, an amount equal to the amount of the shortfall. 

 

	17.6	 Application of Retention Account Each Borrower shall transfer or cause to be transferred from its
Retention Account to the Agent for the account of the Lenders: 

  

	 	17.6.1	 on each Repayment Date, the amount of the Repayment Instalment then due; and 

 

	 	17.6.2	 on each Interest Payment Date, the amount of interest then due, 

and the Borrowers irrevocably authorise the Security Agent to instruct the Account Holder to make those transfers if any Borrower fails to do
so on the relevant date. 
  

	17.7	 Borrowers’ obligations not affected If for any reason the amount standing to the credit of any
Retention Account is insufficient to pay any Repayment Instalment or to make any payment of interest when due, the Borrowers’ obligation to pay that Repayment Instalment or to make that payment of interest shall not be affected.

  

	17.8	 Relocation of Accounts On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is
continuing, the Security Agent may without the consent of the Borrowers instruct the Account Holder to relocate any Account to any other branch of the Account Holder, without prejudice to the continued application of this Clause 17 and the rights of
the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents. 

  

	17.9	 Access to information The Security Agent (and its nominees) may from time to time during the Facility
Period review the records held by the Account Holder (whether in written or electronic form) in relation to the Accounts, and the Borrowers irrevocably waive any right of confidentiality which may exist in relation to those records.

  
 Page 63 

	17.10	 Statements Without prejudice to the rights of the Security Agent under Clause 17.9 (Access to
information), the Borrowers shall procure that the Account Holder provides to the Security Agent, no less frequently than each calendar month during the Facility Period, statements of account (in written or electronic form) showing all entries
made to the credit and debit of each of the Accounts during the immediately preceding calendar month. 

  

	18	 Additional Security 

 

	18.1	 VTL Coverage 

  

	 	18.1.1	 If at any time the aggregate of (a) the Market Value of the Vessels and (b) the value of any
additional security (such value to be (i) the face amount of the deposit (in the case of cash), (ii) determined conclusively by appropriate advisers appointed by the Agent (in the case of other charged assets other than a vessel), (iii) the
Market Value of a vessel (in the case of a vessel), and (iv) determined by the Agent (in all other cases)) for the time being provided to the Security Agent under this Clause 18.1 is less than 125% of the amount of the aggregate of the Loan
then outstanding (the “VTL Coverage”), the Borrowers shall, within 30 days of the Agent’s request, at the Borrowers’ option: 

  

	 	(a)	 pay to the Security Agent or to its nominee a cash deposit in the amount of the shortfall to be secured in
favour of the Security Agent as additional security for the payment of the Indebtedness; or 

  

	 	(b)	 give to the Security Agent other additional security in amount and form acceptable to the Security Agent for a
value determined in accordance with the first part of this Clause 18.1.1; or 

  

	 	(c)	 prepay the Loan in the amount of the shortfall. 

 

	 	18.1.2	 Clauses 6.3 (Reborrowing) and 7.9 (Restrictions) shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to any
prepayment made under this Clause 18.1. 

  

	 	18.1.3	 Any prepayment under this Clause 18.1 shall satisfy the obligations under Clause 6.1 (Repayment of Loan)
pro rata and in inverse order of maturity including in respect of any applicable Balloon Payment. 

  

	18.2	 Market Value and provision of valuations 

 

	 	18.2.1	 The value of: 

  

	 	(a)	 a Vessel; or 

  

	 	(b)	 any other vessel over which additional security has been created or which is being offered as additional
security in accordance with Clause 18.1 (VTL Coverage) 

 (either of the above a “Relevant
Vessel”), 

  
 Page 64 

 shall be conclusively determined by the arithmetic average of the relevant number of
Valuations delivered to the Agent pursuant to Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent) or (as the case may be) this Clause 18.2 (the “Market Value”). 
  

	 	18.2.2	 For the purposes of determining the Market Value, a “Valuation” means a valuation of a
Relevant Vessel addressed to the Agent (in form and substance acceptable to the Agent) certifying a value for that Relevant Vessel on the basis of a charter-free sale for prompt delivery for cash at arm’s length on normal commercial terms as
between a willing seller and a willing buyer. 

  

	 	18.2.3	 For the purpose of undertaking the calculation to test compliance with the VTL Coverage pursuant to Clause 18.1
(VTL Coverage), each Borrower shall obtain and deliver to the Agent in June and December of each year during the Facility Period two Valuations, at least of one which shall be from an Approved Shipbroker and the other from any other Approved
Shipbroker or a reputable, independent and first class firm of ship brokers approved by the Agent (including Clarksons, Braemar ACM, Fearnleys AS, Maersk Brokers, SSY, Arrow Valuations, Vessel Value or any other ship brokers acting on the
instructions of the Majority Lenders), to evidence the Market Value of a Relevant Vessel. Any Valuation delivered to the Agent shall not be more than 14 days old as of the date on which it is received by the Agent. 

 

	 	18.2.4	 If the Borrowers do not deliver Valuations to the Agent in accordance with Clause 18.2.3, the Agent shall be
entitled to obtain the requisite Valuations to evidence the Market Value of a Relevant Vessel. 

  

	 	18.2.5	 If the Valuations delivered to or obtained by the Agent pursuant to Clause 18.2.3 or (as the case may be)
Clause 18.2.4 in respect of a Relevant Vessel differ by at least 10%, then a third Valuation of that Relevant Vessel may be obtained by the Agent from a shipbroker approved by the Majority Lenders (or the Agent shall instruct the Borrowers to obtain
and deliver to the Agent a third Valuation from such shipbroker) and the Market Value of that Relevant Vessel shall be the arithmetic average of all three such Valuations. 

 

	 	18.2.6	 Additionally, the Agent shall at the request of the Majority Lenders be entitled to obtain a Valuation to
evidence the Market Value of a Vessel for the purpose of Clause 18.1 (VTL Coverage) at any time and each such Valuation obtained shall be at the expense of the Lenders except where the Borrowers are by means of such Valuation shown to be in
breach of that Clause. 

  

	 	18.2.7	 The Agent may at any time after a Default has occurred and is continuing at such frequency as it requires
obtain a Valuation in evidence of the Market Value of a Relevant Vessel. 

  

	 	18.2.8	 All Valuations referred to in this Clause 18.2, except where specified in Clause 18.2.6, and all valuations to
be obtained pursuant to Clause 4 (Conditions of Utilisation) shall be obtained at the cost and expense of the Borrowers and where the Agent has obtained such Valuations, the Borrowers shall within three Business Days of demand by the Agent
pay to the Agent the amount of all such costs and expenses. 

  
 Page 65 

	19	 Guarantee and Indemnity 

 

	19.1	 Guarantee and indemnity The Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally jointly and severally:

  

	 	19.1.1	 guarantees to each Finance Party punctual performance by each other Obligor of all that Obligor’s
obligations under the Finance Documents; 

  

	 	19.1.2	 undertakes with each Finance Party that whenever another Obligor does not pay any amount when due under or in
connection with any Finance Document, that Guarantor shall immediately on demand pay that amount as if it was the principal obligor; and 

  

	 	19.1.3	 agrees with each Finance Party that if any obligation guaranteed by it is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or
illegal, it will, as an independent and primary obligation, indemnify that Finance Party immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability it incurs as a result of an Obligor not paying any amount which would, but for such unenforceability,
invalidity or illegality, have been payable by it under any Finance Document on the date when it would have been due. The amount payable by the Guarantor under this indemnity will not exceed the amount it would have had to pay under this Clause 19
if the amount claimed had been recoverable on the basis of a guarantee. 

  

	19.2	 Continuing Guarantee This guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of
sums payable by any Obligor under the Finance Documents, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part. 

  

	19.3	 Reinstatement If any discharge, release or arrangement (whether in respect of the obligations of any
Obligor or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is made by a Finance Party in whole or in part on the basis of any payment, security or other disposition which is avoided or must be restored in insolvency, liquidation, administration or
otherwise, without limitation, then the liability of the Guarantor under this Clause 19 will continue or be reinstated as if the discharge, release or arrangement had not occurred. 

 

	19.4	 Waiver of defences The obligations of the Guarantor under this Clause 19 will not be affected by an act,
omission, matter or thing which, but for this Clause 19.4, would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause 19 (without limitation and whether or not known to it or any Finance Party) including: 

 

	 	19.4.1	 any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Obligor or other person;

  

	 	19.4.2	 the release of any other Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any
creditor of any Obligor or any other member of the Group; 

  

	 	19.4.3	 the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up
or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, any Obligor or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement
in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security; 

  
 Page 66 

	 	19.4.4	 any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or
status of an Obligor or any other person; 

  

	 	19.4.5	 any amendment, novation, supplement, extension restatement (however fundamental and whether or not more
onerous) or replacement of a Finance Document or any other document or security including, without limitation, any change in the purpose of, any extension of or increase in any facility or the addition of any new facility under any Finance Document
or other document or security; 

  

	 	19.4.6	 any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document or
any other document or security; or 

  

	 	19.4.7	 any insolvency or similar proceedings. 

 

	19.5	 Guarantor intent Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 19.4 (Waiver of defences), the
Guarantor expressly confirms that it intends that this guarantee shall extend from time to time to any (however fundamental) variation, increase, extension or addition of or to any of the Finance Documents and/or any facility or amount made
available under any of the Finance Documents for the purposes of or in connection with any of the following: business acquisitions of any nature; increasing working capital; enabling investor distributions to be made; carrying out restructurings;
refinancing existing facilities; refinancing any other indebtedness; making facilities available to new borrowers; any other variation or extension of the purposes for which any such facility or amount might be made available from time to time; and
any fees, costs and/or expenses associated with any of the foregoing. 

  

	19.6	 Immediate recourse The Guarantor waives any right it may have of first requiring any Finance Party (or
any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or security or claim payment from any person before claiming from that Guarantor under this Clause 19. This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of
a Finance Document to the contrary. 

  

	19.7	 Appropriations Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection
with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full, each Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may: 

  

	 	19.7.1	 refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by that Finance Party
(or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and no Guarantor shall be entitled to the benefit of the same;
and 

  

	 	19.7.2	 hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from any Guarantor or on account of any
Guarantor’s liability under this Clause 19. 

  
 Page 67 

	19.8	 Deferral of Guarantors’ rights Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors
under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full and unless the Agent otherwise directs, no Guarantor shall exercise any rights which it may have by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance
Documents or by reason of any amount being payable, or liability arising, under this Clause 19: 

  

	 	19.8.1	 to be indemnified by an Obligor; 

 

	 	19.8.2	 to claim any contribution from any other guarantor of any Obligor’s obligations under the Finance
Documents; 

  

	 	19.8.3	 to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the
Finance Parties under the Finance Documents or of any other guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Finance Documents by any Finance Party; 

 

	 	19.8.4	 to bring legal or other proceedings for an order requiring any Obligor to make any payment, or perform any
obligation, in respect of which any Guarantor has given a guarantee, undertaking or indemnity under Clause 19.1 (Guarantee and indemnity); 

  

	 	19.8.5	 to exercise any right of set-off against any Obligor; and/or

  

	 	19.8.6	 to claim or prove as a creditor of any Obligor in competition with any Finance Party. 

If the Guarantor receives any benefit, payment or distribution in relation to such rights it shall hold that benefit, payment or distribution
to the extent necessary to enable all amounts which may be or become payable to the Finance Parties by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents to be repaid in full on trust for the Finance Parties and shall promptly pay or
transfer the same to the Agent or as the Agent may direct for application in accordance with Clause 31 (Payment mechanics). 
  

	19.9	 Additional security This guarantee is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by any other
guarantee or security now or subsequently held by any Finance Party. 

  
 Page 68 

 Section 8 Representations, Undertakings and Events of Default 

 

	20	 Representations 

 

	20.1	 Representations Each Borrower and the Guarantor makes the representations and warranties set out in this
Clause 20 to each Finance Party on the date of this Agreement. 

  

	 	20.1.1	 Status Each of the Obligors: 

 

	 	(a)	 is a corporation, duly incorporated and validly existing under the law of its Original Jurisdiction and each of
the Obligors incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands is in compliance with ESR Regulations; and 

  

	 	(b)	 has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted. 

 

	 	20.1.2	 Binding obligations Subject to the Legal Reservations: 

 

	 	(a)	 the obligations expressed to be assumed by each of the Obligors in each of the Relevant Documents to which it
is a party are legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations; and 

  

	 	(b)	 (without limiting the generality of Clause 20.1.2(a)) each Security Document to which it is a party creates the
security interests which that Security Document purports to create and those security interests are valid and effective. 

  

	 	20.1.3	 Non-conflict with other obligations The entry into and
performance by each of the Obligors of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Relevant Documents do not and will not conflict with: 

  

	 	(a)	 any law or regulation applicable to such Obligor; 

 

	 	(b)	 the constitutional documents of such Obligor; or 

 

	 	(c)	 any agreement or instrument binding upon such Obligor or any of such Obligor’s assets or constitute a
default or termination event (however described) under any such agreement or instrument. 

  

	 	20.1.4	 Power and authority 

 

	 	(a)	 Each of the Obligors has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to
authorise its entry into, performance and delivery of, the Relevant Documents to which it is or will be a party and the transactions contemplated by those Relevant Documents. 

 

	 	(b)	 No limit on the powers of any Obligor will be exceeded as a result of the borrowing, grant of security or
giving of guarantees or indemnities contemplated by the Relevant Documents to which it is a party. 

  
 Page 69 

	 	20.1.5	 Validity and admissibility in evidence All Authorisations required or desirable: 

 

	 	(a)	 to enable each of the Obligors lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations in
the Relevant Documents to which it is a party or to enable each Finance Party to enforce and exercise all its rights under the Relevant Documents; and 

  

	 	(b)	 to make the Relevant Documents to which any Obligor is a party admissible in evidence in its Relevant
Jurisdictions, 

 have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect, with the exception only of the
registrations referred to in Part II of Schedule 2 (Conditions Subsequent). 
  

	 	20.1.6	 Governing law and enforcement 

 

	 	(a)	 The choice of governing law of any Finance Document will be recognised and enforced in the Relevant
Jurisdictions of each relevant Obligor. 

  

	 	(b)	 Any judgment obtained in relation to any Finance Document in the jurisdiction of the governing law of that
Finance Document will be recognised and enforced in the Relevant Jurisdictions of each relevant Obligor. 

  

	 	20.1.7	 Insolvency No corporate action, legal proceeding or other procedure or step described in Clause 24.1.7
(Insolvency proceedings) or creditors’ process described in Clause 24.1.8 (Creditors’ process) has been taken or, to the knowledge of any Borrower or the Guarantor, threatened in relation to an Obligor or any other member of
the Group; and none of the circumstances described in Clause 24.1.6 (Insolvency) applies to an Obligor or any other member of the Group. 

  

	 	20.1.8	 No filing or stamp taxes Under the laws of the Relevant Jurisdictions of each relevant Obligor it is not
necessary that the Finance Documents be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in any of those jurisdictions or that any stamp, registration, notarial or similar Taxes or fees be paid on or in relation to the Finance Documents
or the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents except registration of each Mortgage at the Ships Registry where title to the relevant Vessel is registered in the ownership of the relevant Borrower and payment of associated fees, which
registrations, filings, taxes and fees will be made and paid promptly after the date of the relevant Finance Document. 

  

	 	20.1.9	 Deduction of Tax None of the Obligors is required under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation to
make any deduction for or on account of Tax from any payment it may make under any Finance Document to a Lender which is: 

  

	 	(a)	 a Qualifying Lender falling within (a) of the definition of Qualifying Lender; or, except where a
Direction has been given under section 931 of the ITA in relation to the payment concerned, a Qualifying Lender falling within (b) of the definition of Qualifying Lender; or 

  
 Page 70 

	 	(b)	 a Treaty Lender and the payment is one specified in a direction given by the Commissioners of
Revenue & Customs under Regulation 2 of the Double Taxation Relief (Taxes on Income) (General) Regulations 1970 (SI 1970/488). 

  

	 	20.1.10	 No default 

  

	 	(a)	 No Event of Default and, on the date of this Agreement and each Utilisation Date, no Default is continuing or
is reasonably likely to result from the advance of any Utilisation or the entry into, the performance of, or any transaction contemplated by, any of the Relevant Documents. 

 

	 	(b)	 No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes (or, with the expiry of a grace period, the
giving of notice, the making of any determination or any combination of any of the foregoing, would constitute) a default or termination event (however described) under any other agreement or instrument which is binding on any of the Obligors or to
which its assets are subject which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

  

	 	20.1.11	 No misleading information Save as disclosed in writing to the Agent and the Bookrunner prior to the date
of this Agreement: 

  

	 	(a)	 all material information provided to a Finance Party by or on behalf of any of the Obligors or any other member
of the Group on or before the date of this Agreement and not superseded before that date is accurate and not misleading in any material respect and all projections provided to any Finance Party on or before the date of this Agreement have been
prepared in good faith on the basis of assumptions which were reasonable at the time at which they were prepared and supplied; and 

  

	 	(b)	 all other written information provided by any of the Obligors or any other member of the Group (including their
advisers) to a Finance Party was true, complete and accurate in all material respects as at the date it was provided and is not misleading in any respect. 

  

	 	20.1.12	 Financial statements 

 

	 	(a)	 The Original Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied.

  

	 	(b)	 The unaudited Original Financial Statement of the Guarantor fairly represents the Group’s financial
condition and results of operations for the relevant financial year. 

  
 Page 71 

	 	(c)	 The audited Original Financial Statement of each Borrower fairly represents that Borrower’s financial
condition and results of operations during the relevant financial year. 

  

	 	(d)	 There has been no material adverse change in any Obligor’s assets, business or financial condition (or the
assets, business or consolidated financial condition of the Group, in the case of the Guarantor) since the date of the Original Financial Statements. 

  

	 	(e)	 Each Obligor’s most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 21.1 (Financial
statements): 

  

	 	(i)	 have been prepared in accordance with GAAP as applied to the Original Financial Statements; and

  

	 	(ii)	 fairly represent its consolidated financial condition as at the end of, and its consolidated results of
operations for, the period to which they relate. 

  

	 	(f)	 Since the date of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 21.1 (Financial
statements) there has been no material adverse change in the assets, business or financial condition of any of the Obligors. 

  

	 	20.1.13	 No proceedings 

 

	 	(a)	 No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or investigation of or before any court, arbitral body
or agency which, if adversely determined, are reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect have (to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry)) been started or threatened against any of the Obligors or any
other member of the Group. 

  

	 	(b)	 No judgment or order of a court, arbitral body or agency which is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse
Effect has (to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry)) been made against any of the Obligors or any other member of the Group. 

 

	 	20.1.14	 No breach of laws None of the Obligors or any other member of the Group has breached any law or
regulation which breach has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

  

	 	20.1.15	 Environmental laws 

 

	 	(a)	 Each of the Obligors and each other member of the Group is in compliance with Clause 23.3 (Environmental
compliance) and to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry) no circumstances have occurred which would prevent such compliance in a manner or to an extent which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material
Adverse Effect. 

  
 Page 72 

	 	(b)	 No Environmental Claim has been commenced or (to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and
careful enquiry)) is threatened against any of the Obligors or any other member of the Group where that claim has or is reasonably likely, if determined against that Obligor or other member of the Group, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

  

	 	20.1.16	 Taxation 

  

	 	(a)	 None of the Obligors nor any other member of the Group is materially overdue in the filing of any Tax returns
or is overdue in the payment of any amount in respect of Tax. 

  

	 	(b)	 No claims or investigations are being, or are reasonably likely to be, made or conducted against any of the
Obligors or any other member of the Group with respect to Taxes. 

  

	 	(c)	 Each of the Obligors and each other member of the Group is resident for Tax purposes only in its Original
Jurisdiction. 

  

	 	20.1.17	 Anti-corruption law Each of the Obligors and each other member of the Group and each Affiliate of any of
them has conducted its businesses in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws and has instituted and maintained policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws. 

 

	 	20.1.18	 No Encumbrance or Financial Indebtedness 

 

	 	(a)	 No Encumbrance or Quasi-Security exists over all or any of the present or future assets of any Borrower other
than as permitted by the Finance Documents. 

  

	 	(b)	 None of the Borrowers have any Financial Indebtedness outstanding other than as permitted by this Agreement.

  

	 	20.1.19	 Pari passu ranking The payment obligations of each of the Obligors under the Finance Documents to which
it is a party rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally. 

 

	 	20.1.20	 No adverse consequences 

 

	 	(a)	 It is not necessary under the laws of the Relevant Jurisdictions of any of the Obligors or any other member of
the Group: 

  

	 	(i)	 in order to enable any Finance Party to enforce its rights under any Finance Document; or

  

	 	(ii)	 by reason of the execution of any Finance Document or the performance by it of its obligations under any
Finance Document, 

 that any Finance Party should be licensed, qualified or otherwise entitled to carry on business in
any of the Relevant Jurisdictions of any of the Obligors or any other member of the Group. 

  
 Page 73 

	 	(b)	 No Finance Party is or will be deemed to be resident, domiciled or carrying on business in any of the Relevant
Jurisdictions of any of the Obligors or any other member of the Group by reason only of the execution, performance and/or enforcement of any Finance Document. 

 

	 	20.1.21	 Disclosure of material facts No Borrower is aware of any material facts or circumstances which have not
been disclosed to the Agent and which might, if disclosed, have changed the decision of a person willing to make loan facilities of the nature contemplated by this Agreement available to the Borrowers. 

 

	 	20.1.22	 Completeness of Relevant Documents The copies of any Relevant Documents provided or to be provided by
the Borrowers to the Agent in accordance with Clause 4 (Conditions of Utilisation) are, or will be, true and accurate copies of the originals and represent, or will represent, the full agreement between the parties to those Relevant Documents
in relation to the subject matter of those Relevant Documents and there are no commissions, rebates, premiums or other payments due or to become due in connection with the subject matter of those Relevant Documents other than in the ordinary course
of business or as disclosed to, and approved in writing by, the Agent. 

  

	 	20.1.23	 No immunity No Obligor or any of its assets is immune to any legal action or proceeding.

  

	 	20.1.24	 Money laundering Any borrowing by a Borrower under this Agreement, and the performance of its
obligations under this Agreement and under the other Finance Documents, will be for its own account and will not involve any breach by it of any law or regulatory measure relating to “money laundering” as defined in Article 1 of the
Directive ((EU) 2015/849) of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Communities (as it forms part of the domestic law of the United Kingdom by virtue of the 2018 Withdrawal Act). 

 

	 	20.1.25	 Sanctions No Relevant Person is: 

 

	 	i.	 a Restricted Party; 

  

	 	ii.	 in breach of Sanctions; or 

 

	 	iii.	 to its knowledge subject to any complaint, claim, proceeding, formal notice, investigation or other action by
any regulatory or enforcement authority or third party concerning any Sanctions. 

  

	20.2	 Repetition Each Repeating Representation is deemed to be made by each Borrower and the Guarantor by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing on the date of each Utilisation Request, each Utilisation Date and on the first day of each Interest Period. 

  
 Page 74 

	21	 Information Undertakings 

The undertakings in this Clause 21 remain in force for the duration of the Facility Period. 

 

	21.1	 Financial statements Each Borrower and the Guarantor shall supply to the Agent in sufficient copies for
all of the Lenders: 

  

	 	21.1.1	 in case of the Guarantor: 

 

	 	(a)	 as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 120 days after the end of each of its financial
years the audited annual financial statements (consolidated) for that financial year; and 

  

	 	(b)	 as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of the half-yearly period during each of its financial years, the semi-annual unaudited management accounts for that half-year; and 

 

	 	21.1.2	 in case of each Borrower, if requested by the Agent as soon as the same become available, but in any event
within 90 days after the end of each of its financial years its unaudited financial statements (consolidated) for that financial year; and 

  

	21.2	 Requirements as to financial statements 

Each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 21.1 (Financial statements): 

 

	 	21.2.1	 shall be certified by the chief financial officer of the Guarantor as fairly representing its financial
condition and operations as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up; and 

  

	 	21.2.2	 shall be prepared using GAAP, accounting practices and financial reference periods consistent with those
applied in the preparation of the Original Financial Statements unless, in relation to any set of financial statements, it notifies the Agent that there has been a change in GAAP, the accounting practices or reference periods and its auditors
deliver to the Agent: 

  

	 	(a)	 a description of any change necessary for those financial statements to reflect the GAAP, accounting practices
and reference periods upon which the Original Financial Statements were prepared; and 

  

	 	(b)	 sufficient information, in form and substance as may be reasonably required by the Agent, to enable the Agent
to determine whether Clause 22 (Financial Covenants) has been complied with and make an accurate comparison between the financial position indicated in those financial statements and the Original Financial Statements. 

  
 Page 75 

 Any reference in this Agreement to those financial statements shall be construed as a
reference to those financial statements as adjusted to reflect the basis upon which the Original Financial Statements were prepared. 
  

	21.3	 Compliance Certificate 

 

	 	21.3.1	 The Guarantor shall supply to the Agent, with each set of annual financial statements and each management
accounts delivered pursuant to Clause 21.1.1 (Financial statements), a Compliance Certificate setting out (in reasonable detail) computations as to compliance with (i) Clause 22 (Financial Covenants) as at the date as at which
those financial statements were drawn up and (ii) the Market Value of each Vessel. 

  

	 	21.3.2	 Each Compliance Certificate shall be signed by the chief financial officer of the Guarantor in the form agreed
by the relevant Borrower, the Guarantor and all the Lenders before the date of this Agreement. 

  

	21.4	 Information: miscellaneous Each Borrower and the Guarantor shall supply to the Agent (in sufficient
copies for all the Lenders, if the Agent so requests): 

  

	 	21.4.1	 at the same time as they are dispatched, copies of all documents dispatched by that Borrower and the Guarantor
to their shareholders generally (or any class of them) or to their creditors generally (or any class of them); 

  

	 	21.4.2	 promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any changes to the management of any Obligor or any other
member of the Group; 

  

	 	21.4.3	 promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings
which are current, threatened or pending against any Obligor or any other member of the Group and which, if adversely determined, are reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect; 

 

	 	21.4.4	 promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any judgment or order of a court, arbitral body or agency
which is made against any Obligor or any other member of the Group and which is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect; 

  

	 	21.4.5	 promptly, such information and documents as the Security Agent may reasonably require about the Charged
Property and compliance of the Obligors with the terms of any Security Documents (including without limitation cash flow analyses and details of the operating costs of any Vessel); and 

 

	 	21.4.6	 promptly on request, such further information regarding the financial condition, assets and operations of any
Obligor or any other member of the Group (including any requested amplification or explanation of any item in the financial statements, budgets or other material provided by any Obligor under this Agreement and an up to date copy of its
shareholders’ register (or equivalent in its Original Jurisdiction)) as any Finance Party through the Agent may reasonably request. 

  
 Page 76 

	21.5	 Notification of default 

 

	 	21.5.1	 Each Borrower and the Guarantor shall notify the Agent of
any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence. 

  

	 	21.5.2	 Promptly upon a request by the Agent, each Borrower shall supply to the Agent a certificate signed by two of
its directors or senior officers on its behalf certifying that no Default is continuing (or if a Default is continuing, specifying the Default and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it). 

 

	21.6	 “Know your customer” checks 

 

	 	21.6.1	 If: 

  

	 	(a)	 the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or
regulation made after the date of this Agreement; 

  

	 	(b)	 any change in the status of an Obligor (or of a Holding Company of an Obligor) or the composition of the
shareholders of an Obligor (or of a Holding Company of an Obligor) after the date of this Agreement; or 

  

	 	(c)	 a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a
party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer, 

 obliges the Agent or any Lender (or, in the case of
Clause 21.6.1(c), any prospective new Lender) to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, each Borrower shall promptly upon the
request of the Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself or, in the case of the event
described in Clause 21.6.1(c), on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent, such Lender or, in the case of the event described in Clause 21.6.1(c), any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all
necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents. 
  

	 	21.6.2	 Each Lender shall promptly upon the request of the Agent supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation
and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself) in order for the Agent to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and
regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents. 

  
 Page 77 

	22	 Financial Covenants 

 

	22.1	 In this Clause 22: 

“Adjusted EBITDA” means earnings before interest expenses, taxes, depreciation and amortization, net of impairment, of the
Guarantor for the previous period of twelve months. 
 “Cash” means cash in hand which is not subject to any charge back or
other Encumbrance and to which the Guarantor has free, immediate and direct access. 
 “Cash Equivalents” means the
following where the Guarantor has free, immediate and direct access: 
  

	 	(a)	 any security issued directly or fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any OECD
government whose securities are readily marketable in London, Paris, Frankfurt or New York City, or any agency or instrumentality thereof; 

  

	 	(b)	 other readily marketable securities or other easily realisable investments having a rating of at least A from
Standard and Poor’s Ratings Group or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc; 

  

	 	(c)	 any Eurodollar time deposit, overnight deposit or banker’s acceptance, issued by, or time deposit of a
commercial banking institution which has, on a combined basis, capital, surplus and undivided profit of not less than $250,000,000 and has a Moody’s Agent Credit Service rating for short term bank deposits of at least P2; 

 

	 	(d)	 repurchase obligations with a term of not more than ninety (90) days for underlying securities of the
types described in paragraph (a) above entered into with any commercial banking institution meeting the qualifications specified in paragraph (c) above; 

 

	 	(e)	 short term commercial paper issued by any person, having one of the top two investment ratings from either
Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc; 

  

	 	(f)	 investments in money market funds substantially all of whose assets are comprised of securities of the types
described in paragraphs (a) to (e) above; and 

  

	 	(g)	 deposits which are unrestricted as to withdrawal with commercial banking institutions meeting the criteria set
forth in paragraph (c) above. 

 “Interest Charges” means the aggregate amount of the accrued
interest, commission, fees, discounts, prepayment fees, premiums or charges and other finance payments in respect of Borrowings whether paid, payable or capitalised by the Guarantor in respect of that Relevant Period: 

 

	 	(a)	 including any upfront fees or costs; 

 

	 	(b)	 including the interest (but not the capital) element of payments in respect of finance leases;

  
 Page 78 

	 	(c)	 including any commission, fees, discounts and other finance payments payable by (and deducting any such amounts
payable to) the Guarantor under any interest rate hedging arrangement. 

 “Restricted Cash” means the
amount shown as ‘Restricted Cash’ in the Guarantor’s applicable consolidated financial statements (as provided in Clause 21.1 (Financial statements)) only to the extent that such amount is deemed Restricted Cash for the
purposes of clause 22.2.3. 
 “Total Assets” means the amount which is equal to the total assets of the Guarantor as shown
in the Guarantor’s applicable consolidated financial statements (as provided in Clause 21.1 (Financial statements)). 

“Total Liabilities” means the amount which is equal to the total liabilities of the Guarantor as shown in the
Guarantor’s applicable consolidated financial statements (as provided in Clause 21.1 (Financial statements)). 
  

	22.2	 The Guarantor shall ensure the following at all times during the Facility Period: 

 

	 	22.2.1	 the ratio of Total Liabilities to Total Assets shall not be more than 70%; 

 

	 	22.2.2	 the ratio of Adjusted EBITDA to Interest Charges shall not be less than 2.5:1; and 

 

	 	22.2.3	 

  

	 	(a)	 from 31 December 2021 until the second anniversary of the date of this Agreement, maintain Cash, Cash
Equivalents and Restricted Cash to the higher of (i) $500,000 per vessel owned by any member of the Group and (iii) $2,500,000; and 

  

	 	(b)	 from the date of the second anniversary of the loan agreement until the end of the Facility Period, maintain
Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash to the higher of (i) $1,000,000 per vessel owned by any member of the Group and (iii) $5,000,000. 

  

	22.3	 Should the Guarantor be party to any other facility agreement (or amend any existing facility agreement) with
financial covenants which are more favourable to any lender(s) than those set out above, the Guarantor shall notify the Agent promptly of such fact with details of such covenants. If requested by any Lender, this Agreement shall be amended to
contain the more favourable terms and conditions. 

  

	23	 General Undertakings 

The undertakings in this Clause 23 remain in force for the duration of the Facility Period. 

 

	23.1	 Authorisations Each Borrower and the Guarantor shall promptly: 

 

	 	23.1.1	 obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect; and

  

	 	23.1.2	 supply certified copies to the Agent of, 

  
 Page 79 

 any Authorisation required under any law or regulation of a Relevant Jurisdiction to: 

 

	 	(a)	 enable any Obligor to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is a party;

  

	 	(b)	 ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of any Finance Document; and

  

	 	(c)	 enable any Obligor to carry on its business where failure to do so has or is reasonably likely to have a
Material Adverse Effect. 

  

	23.2	 Compliance with laws 

 

	 	23.2.1	 Each Borrower and the Guarantor shall comply (and shall procure that each other Obligor, each other member of
the Group and each Affiliate of any of them will comply), in all respects with all laws to which it may be subject, if (except as regards Sanctions, to which Clause 23.2.2 applies, and anti-corruption laws, to which Clause 23.5 applies) failure so
to comply has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

  

	 	23.2.2	 Each Borrower and the Guarantor shall comply (and shall procure that each other Obligor, each other member of
the Group and each Affiliate of any of them will comply) in all respects with all Sanctions. 

  

	23.3	 Environmental compliance 

Each Borrower and the Guarantor shall: 
  

	 	23.3.1	 comply with all Environmental Laws; 

 

	 	23.3.2	 obtain, maintain and ensure compliance with all requisite Environmental Approvals; and 

 

	 	23.3.3	 implement procedures to monitor compliance with and to prevent liability under any Environmental Law,

 where failure to do so has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

 

	23.4	 Environmental Claims 

Each Borrower and the Guarantor shall promptly upon becoming aware of the same, inform the Agent in writing of: 

 

	 	23.4.1	 any Environmental Claim against any of the Obligors which is current, pending or threatened; and

  

	 	23.4.2	 any facts or circumstances which are reasonably likely to result in any Environmental Claim being commenced or
threatened against any of the Obligors, 

 where the claim, if determined against that Obligor, has or is reasonably likely
to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

  
 Page 80 

	23.5	 Anti-corruption law 

 

	 	23.5.1	 Each Borrower and the Guarantor shall not (and shall procure that no other Obligor or any other member of the
Group will) directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the Loan for any purpose which would breach the Bribery Act 2010, the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 or other similar legislation in other jurisdictions.

  

	 	23.5.2	 Each Borrower and the Guarantor shall (and shall procure that each other Obligor and each other member of the
Group will): 

  

	 	(a)	 conduct its businesses in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws; and 

 

	 	(b)	 maintain policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws.

  

	23.6	 Taxation 

  

	 	23.6.1	 Each Borrower and the Guarantor shall (and shall procure that each other Obligor and each other member of the
Group will) pay and discharge all Taxes imposed upon it or its assets within the time period allowed without incurring penalties unless and only to the extent that: 

 

	 	(a)	 such payment is being contested in good faith; 

 

	 	(b)	 adequate reserves are being maintained for those Taxes and the costs required to contest them which have been
disclosed in its latest financial statements delivered to the Agent under Clause 21.1 (Financial statements); and 

  

	 	(c)	 such payment can be lawfully withheld. 

 

	 	23.6.2	 Neither any Borrower nor the Guarantor may change its residence for Tax purposes. 

 

	23.7	 Evidence of good standing Each Borrower will from time to time, if applicable and if requested by the
Agent, provide the Agent with evidence in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent that each Obligor remains in good standing. 

  

	23.8	 Pari passu ranking Each Borrower and the Guarantor shall ensure that at all times any unsecured and
unsubordinated claims of a Finance Party against it under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors except those creditors whose claims are mandatorily preferred by
laws of general application to companies. 

  

	23.9	 Negative pledge 

In this Clause 23.9 “Quasi-Security” means an arrangement or transaction described in Clause 23.9.2. 

Except as permitted under Clause 23.9.3: 

  
 Page 81 

	 	23.9.1	 No Borrower shall create nor permit to subsist any Encumbrance over any of its assets. 

 

	 	23.9.2	 No Borrower shall: 

  

	 	(a)	 sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms whereby they are or may be leased to or re-acquired by an Obligor or any other member of the Group; 

  

	 	(b)	 sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables on recourse terms; 

 

	 	(c)	 enter into any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set-off or made subject to a combination of accounts; or 

  

	 	(d)	 enter into any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect, 

in circumstances where the arrangement or transaction is entered into primarily as a method of raising Financial Indebtedness or of financing
the acquisition of an asset. 
  

	 	23.9.3	 Clauses 23.9.1 and 23.9.2 do not apply to any Encumbrance or (as the case may be) Quasi-Security, which is a
Permitted Encumbrance. 

  

	23.10	 Disposals 

  

	 	23.10.1	 Except as permitted under Clause 23.10.2, no Borrower shall enter into a single transaction or a series of
transactions (whether related or not) and whether voluntary or involuntary to sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any asset without the prior written consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders).

  

	 	23.10.2	 Clause 23.10.1 does not apply to any sale, lease, transfer or other disposal which is a Permitted Disposal.

  

	23.11	 Arm’s length basis 

 

	 	23.11.1	 Except as permitted under Clause 23.11.2, no Borrower shall enter into any transaction with any person except
on arm’s length terms and for full market value. 

  

	 	23.11.2	 The following transactions shall not be a breach of this Clause 23.11: fees, costs and expenses payable under
the Relevant Documents in the amounts set out in the Relevant Documents delivered to the Agent under Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent) or agreed by the Agent. 

 

	23.12	 Merger No Borrower shall enter into any amalgamation, demerger, merger, consolidation or corporate
reconstruction. 

  

	23.13	 Change of ownership or business

 

	 	23.13.1	 No Borrower shall: 

  
 Page 82 

	 	(a)	 make or permit any change to its ownership; or 

 

	 	(b)	 (and shall procure that no other member of the Group shall), make any substantial change to the general nature
of its business from that carried on at the date of this Agreement, 

 without the prior written consent of the Agent
(acting on the instructions of the Lenders). 
  

	 	23.13.2	 The Borrowers shall not engage in any business other than the ownership and operation of the relevant Vessel
without the prior written consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders). 

  

	23.14	 No other business No Borrower shall engage in any business other than the ownership, operation,
chartering and management of the relevant Vessel and shall not own, charter-in, operate or manage any vessel or any other maritime asset other than the relevant Vessel. 

 

	23.15	 No acquisitions No Borrower shall acquire a company or any shares or securities or a business or
undertaking (or, in each case, any interest in any of them) or incorporate a company. 

  

	23.16	 No Joint Ventures No Borrower shall: 

 

	 	23.16.1	 enter into, invest in or acquire (or agree to acquire) any shares, stocks, securities or other interest in any
Joint Venture; or 

  

	 	23.16.2	 transfer any assets or lend to or guarantee or give an indemnity for or give security for the obligations of a
Joint Venture or maintain the solvency of or provide working capital to any Joint Venture (or agree to do any of the foregoing). 

  

	23.17	 No borrowings No Borrower shall incur or allow to remain outstanding any Financial Indebtedness except
for: 

  

	 	23.17.1	 the Loan; 

  

	 	23.17.2	 any Intercompany Loan where (a) an Intercompany Subordination Agreement has been executed and delivered to
the Agent to evidence that such Intercompany Loan is fully subordinated to the Loan so that no repayment of principal or interest can be made until the Indebtedness has been repaid in full on terms and conditions acceptable to the Agent, and
(b) a Borrower and the Intercompany Creditor have delivered to the Agent such supporting and ancillary documentation (including but not limited to corporate authorities, process agent letters and legal opinions) in respect of such Intercompany
Subordination Agreement as the Agent may reasonably request (the costs in respect of which shall be for the account of the Borrower); or 

  

	 	23.17.3	 trade credits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with the chartering, operation or repair of
any Vessel. 

  
 Page 83 

	23.18	 No substantial liabilities Except in the ordinary course of business, no Borrower shall incur any
liability to any third party which is in the Agent’s opinion of a substantial nature. 

  

	23.19	 No loans or credit No Borrower shall be a creditor in respect of any Financial Indebtedness unless it is
a loan made in the ordinary course of business in connection with the chartering, operation or repair of the relevant Vessel. 

  

	23.20	 No guarantees or indemnities No Borrower shall incur or allow to remain outstanding any guarantee in
respect of any obligation of any person. 

  

	23.21	 No dividends No Borrower shall: 

 

	 	23.21.1	 declare, make or pay any dividend, charge, fee or other distribution (or interest on any unpaid dividend,
charge, fee or other distribution) (whether in cash or in kind) on or in respect of its share capital (or any class of its share capital) unless it is a Permitted Distribution; 

 

	 	23.21.2	 repay or distribute any share premium reserve; 

 

	 	23.21.3	 redeem, repurchase, defease, retire or repay any of its share capital or resolve to do so; or

  

	 	23.21.4	 issue any new shares in its share capital or resolve to do so. 

 

	23.22	 Inspection of records Each Borrower and the Guarantor will permit the inspection of its financial
records and accounts from time to time by the Agent or its nominee. 

  

	23.23	 No change in Relevant Documents Each Borrower and the Guarantor shall ensure that no Relevant Document
which is not a Finance Document, or any other document delivered to the Agent pursuant to Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent) or Clause 4.2 (Further conditions precedent) or Clause 4.3 (Conditions subsequent) is amended,
varied, novated, supplemented or superseded and no term of any such document shall be waived or terminated. 

  

	23.24	 Further assurance 

 

	 	23.24.1	 Each Borrower and the Guarantor shall (and shall procure that each other Obligor will) promptly do all such
acts or execute all such documents (including assignments, transfers, mortgages, charges, notices and instructions) as the Security Agent may reasonably specify (and in such form as the Security Agent may reasonably require in favour of the Security
Agent or its nominee(s)): 

  

	 	(a)	 to perfect any Encumbrance created or intended to be created under or evidenced by the Security Documents
(which may include the execution of a mortgage, charge, assignment or other Encumbrance over all or any of the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Security Documents) or for the exercise of any rights, powers and remedies of
the Security Agent or the Finance Parties provided by or pursuant to the Finance Documents or by law; 

  
 Page 84 

	 	(b)	 to confer on the Security Agent or confer on the Finance Parties an Encumbrance over any property and assets of
that Borrower located in any jurisdiction equivalent or similar to the Encumbrance intended to be conferred by or pursuant to the Security Documents; and/or 

  

	 	(c)	 to facilitate the realisation of the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Security
Documents. 

  

	 	23.24.2	 Each Borrower and the Guarantor shall (and shall procure that each other Obligor will) take all such action as
is available to it (including making all filings and registrations) as may be necessary for the purpose of the creation, perfection, protection or maintenance of any Encumbrance conferred or intended to be conferred on the Security Agent or the
Finance Parties by or pursuant to the Finance Documents. 

  

	23.25	 Sanctions 

  

	 	23.25.1	 No Borrower nor the Guarantor shall (and shall procure that no other Relevant Person will) take any action,
make any omission or use (directly or indirectly) any proceeds of the Loan, in a manner that: 

  

	 	(a)	 is a breach of Sanctions; and/or 

 

	 	(b)	 causes (or will cause) a breach of Sanctions by any Finance Party. 

 

	 	23.25.2	 No Security Party shall (and the Borrowers shall ensure that no other Relevant Person will) take any action or
make any omission that results, or is reasonably likely to result, in it or any Finance Party becoming a Restricted Party. 

  

	23.26	 Treasury Transactions 

 

	 	23.26.1	 The Borrowers may from time to time enter into Treasury Transactions with the Swap Provider relating to the
interest rate exposure pursuant to this Agreement or any other derivative products relating to a Vessel or this Agreement subject always to the terms and conditions of the relevant Master Agreement. 

 

	 	23.26.2	 The Borrowers may enter into any Treasury Transaction with a counterparty that is not the Swap Provider
provided that: 

  

	 	(a)	 the Swap Provider shall have first right of refusal in respect of any such Treasury Transactions; and

  

	 	(b)	 no Encumbrance may be provided to such counterparty in respect of the obligations of the Borrowers pursuant to
such Treasury Transactions. 

  

	23.27	 Green scrapping The Borrowers and the Guarantor shall ensure that any dismantling, scrapping or
recycling of the Vessels or any other vessel owned, controlled or managed by the Group shall be conducted (and if the Vessels or any other vessel owned, controlled or managed by the Group is sold for dismantling,

  
 Page 85 

	 	
scrapping or recycling, the Borrowers and the Guarantor shall ensure that such buyer of that vessel will dismantle, scrap or recycle that vessel) in compliance with the provisions of The Hong
Kong International Convention for the Safe and Environmentally Sound Recycling of Ships, 2009 or EU Ship Recycling Regulation or both. 

  

	23.28	 Green passport Each Borrower shall maintain an Inventory of Hazardous Materials in respect of its
Vessel by the earlier of (i) the date specified by any regulatory requirement and (ii) the date of the next dry-docking of its Vessel.  

 

	23.29	 Poseidon Principles 

 

	 	23.29.1	 In this Clause 23.29: 

“Poseidon Principles” means the financial industry framework for assessing and disclosing the climate alignment of ship
finance portfolios published on 18 June 2019 as the same may be amended or replaced (to reflect changes in applicable law or regulation or the introduction of, or changes to, mandatory requirements of the International Maritime Organization)
from time to time. 
 “Relevant Lender” means a Lender which has, at any time during the Facility Period, become a
signatory to the Poseidon Principles. 
 “Statement of Compliance” means a statement of compliance related to fuel oil
consumption pursuant to regulations 6.6 and 6.7 of Annex VI. 
  

	 	23.29.2	 Each Borrower shall, upon the request of any Relevant Lender and at the cost of the Borrowers, on or before
31 July in each calendar year, supply or procure the supply to the Agent (for transmission to the applicable Relevant Lender) of all information necessary in order for any Relevant Lender to comply with its obligations under the Poseidon
Principles in respect of the preceding calendar year, including, without limitation, all ship fuel oil consumption data required to be collected and reported in accordance with regulation 22A of Annex VI and any Statement of Compliance, in each case
relating to its Vessel for the preceding calendar year, provided that no Relevant Lender shall publicly disclose such information with the identity of the relevant Vessel without the prior written consent of the relevant Borrower and, for the
avoidance of doubt, such information shall be “Confidential lnformation” for the purposes of Clause 38.1 (Confidential Information) but each Borrower acknowledges that, in accordance with the Poseidon Principles, such information
will form part of the information published regarding the applicable Relevant Lender’s portfolio climate alignment. 

  

	23.30	 ESR Regulations 

Borrower A and Borrower B shall comply in all respects with the ESR Regulations. Further, each Borrower shall endeavour to procure that each
Obligor incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands is in compliance with the ESR Regulations. 

  
 Page 86 

	23.31	 Restructuring The Restructuring shall take effect within 30 days from the date of this Agreement.

  

	24	 Events of Default 

 

	24.1	 Events of Default Each of the events or circumstances set out in this Clause 24.1 is an Event of
Default. 

  

	 	24.1.1	 Non-payment An Obligor does not pay on the due date any amount
payable by it under a Finance Document at the place at and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable unless: 

  

	 	(a)	 its failure to pay is caused by: 

 

	 	(i)	 administrative or technical error; or 

 

	 	(ii)	 a Disruption Event; and 

 

	 	(b)	 payment is made within three Business Days of its due date. 

 

	 	24.1.2	 Other specific obligations 

 

	 	(a)	 Any requirement of Clause 22 (Financial Covenants) is not satisfied. 

 

	 	(b)	 An Obligor does not comply with any obligation in a Finance Document relating to the Insurances or with Clause
7.5 (Mandatory prepayment on sale or Total Loss) or with Clause 18.1 (Additional security) or with Clause 23.25 (Sanctions). 

  

	 	24.1.3	 Other obligations 

 

	 	(a)	 An Obligor does not comply with any provision of a Finance Document (other than those referred to in Clause
24.1.1 (Non-payment) and Clause 24.1.2 (Other specific obligations). 

  

	 	(b)	 No Event of Default under this Clause 24.1.3 will occur if the failure to comply is capable of remedy and is
remedied within ten Business Days of the earlier of (i) the Agent giving notice to the Borrowers and (ii) the Borrowers becoming aware of the failure to comply. 

 

	 	24.1.4	 Misrepresentation Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made by an Obligor in any Finance
Document or any other document delivered by or on behalf of an Obligor under or in connection with any Finance Document is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading when made or deemed to be made. 

 

	 	24.1.5	 Cross default 

 

	 	(a)	 Any Financial Indebtedness of an Obligor or of any other member of the Group is not paid when due nor within
any originally applicable grace period. 

  

	 	(b)	 Any Financial Indebtedness of an Obligor or of any other member of the Group is declared to be, or otherwise
becomes, due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described). 

  
 Page 87 

	 	(c)	 Any commitment for any Financial Indebtedness of an Obligor or of any other member of the Group is cancelled or
suspended by a creditor of an Obligor or of any other member of the Group as a result of an event of default (however described). 

  

	 	(d)	 Any creditor of an Obligor or of any other member of the Group becomes entitled to declare any Financial
Indebtedness of an Obligor or of any other member of the Group due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described). 

 

	 	(e)	 No Event of Default will occur under this Clause 24.1.5 if the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness or
commitment for Financial Indebtedness falling within (a) to (d) is less than: 

  

	 	(i)	 $1,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies) in respect of an Obligor save for the
Guarantor; and 

  

	 	(ii)	 $5,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies) in respect of the Guarantor.

  

	 	24.1.6	 Insolvency 

  

	 	(a)	 An Obligor or any other member of the Group: 

 

	 	(i)	 is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due; 

 

	 	(ii)	 is deemed to, or is declared to, be unable to pay its debts under applicable law; 

 

	 	(iii)	 suspends or threatens to suspend making payments on any of its debts; or 

 

	 	(iv)	 by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its
creditors with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness. 

  

	 	(b)	 The value of the assets of an Obligor or any other member of the Group is less than its liabilities (taking
into account contingent and prospective liabilities). 

  

	 	(c)	 A moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of an Obligor or any other member of the Group. If a
moratorium occurs, the ending of the moratorium will not remedy any Event of Default caused by that moratorium. 

  
 Page 88 

	 	24.1.7	 Insolvency proceedings Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in
relation to: 

  

	 	(a)	 the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness,
winding-up, dissolution, administration, bankruptcy or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of an Obligor or any other member of the Group;

  

	 	(b)	 a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of an Obligor or any other member of the
Group; 

  

	 	(c)	 the appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrative receiver, administrator, compulsory manager, trustee
or other similar officer in respect of an Obligor or any other member of the Group or any of its assets; or 

  

	 	(d)	 enforcement of any Encumbrance over any assets of an Obligor or any other member of the Group,

 or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction. 

This Clause 24.1.7 shall not apply to (i) any winding-up petition which is frivolous or vexatious
and is discharged, stayed or dismissed within 14 days of commencement or (ii) any arrest or detention of a Vessel from which that Vessel is released within 14 days from the date of that arrest or detention. 

 

	 	24.1.8	 Creditors’ process Any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, distress or execution (or any
analogous process in any jurisdiction) affects any asset or assets of an Obligor or any other member of the Group and is not discharged within 14 days. 

  

	 	24.1.9	 Unlawfulness and invalidity 

 

	 	(a)	 It is or becomes unlawful for an Obligor to perform any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or any
Encumbrance created or expressed to be created or evidenced by the Security Documents ceases to be effective. 

  

	 	(b)	 Any obligation or obligations of any Obligor under any Finance Documents are not (subject to the Legal
Reservations) or cease to be legal, valid, binding or enforceable and the cessation individually or cumulatively materially and adversely affects the interests of the Lenders under the Finance Documents. 

 

	 	(c)	 Any Finance Document ceases to be in full force and effect or any Encumbrance created or expressed to be
created or evidenced by the Security Documents ceases to be legal, valid, binding, enforceable or effective or is alleged by a party to it (other than a Finance Party) to be ineffective. 

  
 Page 89 

	 	24.1.10	 Cessation of business An Obligor ceases, or threatens to cease, to carry on all or a substantial part of
its business except as a result of a Permitted Disposal. 

  

	 	24.1.11	 Expropriation The authority or ability of an Obligor or any other member of the Group to conduct its
business is limited or wholly or substantially curtailed by any seizure, expropriation, nationalisation, intervention, restriction or other action by or on behalf of any governmental, regulatory or other authority or other person in relation to an
Obligor or any other member of the Group or any of its assets. 

  

	 	24.1.12	 Repudiation and rescission of agreements 

 

	 	(a)	 An Obligor rescinds or purports to rescind or repudiates or purports to repudiate a Finance Document or
evidences an intention to rescind or repudiate a Finance Document. 

  

	 	(b)	 Subject to Clause 24.1.12(c), any party to any of the Relevant Documents that is not a Finance Document
rescinds or purports to rescind or repudiates or purports to repudiate that Relevant Document in whole or in part where to do so has or is, in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Lenders, likely to have a material adverse effect on the interests
of the Lenders under the Finance Documents. 

  

	 	(c)	 Any of the Management Agreements is terminated, cancelled or otherwise ceases to remain in full force and
effect at any time prior to its contractual expiry date and is not immediately replaced by a similar agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Majority Lenders. 

 

	 	24.1.13	 Conditions subsequent Any of the conditions referred to in Clause 4.3 (Conditions subsequent) is
not satisfied within the time reasonably required by the Agent. 

  

	 	24.1.14	 Revocation or modification of Authorisation Any Authorisation of any governmental, judicial or other
public body or authority which is now, or which at any time during the Facility Period becomes, necessary to enable any of the Obligors to comply with any of their obligations under any Finance Document is not obtained, is revoked, suspended,
withdrawn or withheld, or is modified in a manner which the Agent considers is, or may be, prejudicial to the interests of any Finance Party, or ceases to remain in full force and effect. 

 

	 	24.1.15	 Reduction of capital A Borrower reduces its issued or subscribed capital. 

 

	 	24.1.16	 Challenge to registration The registration of a Vessel or a Mortgage is contested or becomes void or
voidable or liable to cancellation or termination, or the validity or priority of a Mortgage is contested. 

  

	 	24.1.17	 War The country of registration of a Vessel becomes involved in war (whether or not declared) or civil
war or is occupied by any other power and the Agent considers that, as a result, the security conferred by any of the Security Documents is materially prejudiced. 

  
 Page 90 

	 	24.1.18	 Master Agreement termination A notice is given by the Swap Provider under section 6(a) of a Master
Agreement, or by any person under section 6(b)(iv) of a Master Agreement, in either case designating an Early Termination Date for the purpose of a Master Agreement, or a Master Agreement is for any other reason terminated, cancelled, suspended,
rescinded, revoked or otherwise ceases to remain in full force and effect. 

  

	 	24.1.19	 Notice of determination The Guarantor gives notice to the Security Agent to determine any obligations
under the relevant Guarantee. 

  

	 	24.1.20	 Litigation Any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or investigations of, or before,
any court, arbitral body or agency are started or threatened, or any judgment or order of a court, arbitral body or agency is made, in relation to the Relevant Documents or the transactions contemplated in the Relevant Documents or against an
Obligor or its assets which have, or has, or are, or is, reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

  

	 	24.1.21	 Material adverse change Any event or circumstance occurs which the Majority Lenders reasonably believe
has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

  

	24.2	 Acceleration While an Event of Default is continuing the Agent may, and shall if so directed by the
Majority Lenders: 

  

	 	24.2.1	 by notice to the Borrowers: 

 

	 	(a)	 cancel the Total Commitments, at which time they shall immediately be cancelled; 

 

	 	(b)	 declare that all or part of the Loan, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or
outstanding under the Finance Documents be immediately due and payable, at which time they shall become immediately due and payable; and/or 

  

	 	(c)	 declare that all or part of the Loan be payable on demand, at which time it shall immediately become payable on
demand by the Agent on the instructions of the Majority Lenders; and/or 

  

	 	24.2.2	 exercise or direct the Security Agent to exercise any or all of its rights, remedies, powers or discretions
under the Finance Documents. 

  
 Page 91 

 Section 9 Changes to Parties 

 

	25	 Changes to the Lenders 

 

	25.1	 Assignments and transfers by the Lenders Subject to this Clause 25, a Lender (the “Existing
Lender”) may: 

  

	 	25.1.1	 assign any of its rights; or 

 

	 	25.1.2	 transfer by novation any of its rights and obligations, 

under any Finance Document to another bank or financial institution or to a trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in or
established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets (the “New Lender”). 
  

	25.2	 Conditions of assignment or transfer 

 

	 	25.2.1	 An Existing Lender must consult with the Borrowers for no more than five days before it may make an assignment
or transfer in accordance with Clause 25.1 (Assignments and transfers by the Lenders) only if the assignment or transfer is to a trust or fund unless that assignment or transfer is: 

 

	 	(a)	 to a fund which is a Related Fund of that Existing Lender; or 

 

	 	(b)	 made at a time when an Event of Default is continuing, 

and in all other cases an Existing Lender shall not be obliged to consult with the Borrowers. 

 

	 	25.2.2	 An assignment will only be effective on: 

 

	 	(a)	 receipt by the Agent (whether in the Assignment Agreement or otherwise) of written confirmation from the New
Lender (in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent) that the New Lender will assume the same obligations to the other Finance Parties and the other Secured Parties as it would have been under if it had been an Original Lender; and

  

	 	(b)	 performance by the Agent of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all
applicable laws and regulations in relation to such assignment to a New Lender, the completion of which the Agent shall promptly notify to the Existing Lender and the New Lender. 

 

	 	25.2.3	 A transfer will only be effective if the procedure set out in Clause 25.5 (Procedure for transfer) is
complied with. 

  

	 	25.2.4	 If: 

  

	 	(a)	 a Lender assigns or transfers any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents or changes its
Facility Office; and 

  
 Page 92 

	 	(b)	 as a result of circumstances existing at the date the assignment, transfer or change occurs, a Borrower or the
Guarantor would be obliged to make a payment to the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office under Clause 12 (Tax Gross Up and Indemnities) or Clause 13 (Increased Costs), 

then the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office is only entitled to receive payment under those Clauses to the same
extent as the Existing Lender or Lender acting through its previous Facility Office would have been if the assignment, transfer or change had not occurred. This Clause 25.2.4 shall not apply: 

 

	 	(c)	 in respect of an assignment or transfer made in the ordinary course of the primary syndication of the Loan; or

  

	 	(d)	 in relation to Clause 12.2 (Tax gross-up), to a Treaty Lender
that has included a confirmation of its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence in accordance with Clause 12.2.7(b)(ii) (Tax gross-up) if the Borrower making the payment has
not made a Borrower DTTP Filing in respect of that Treaty Lender. 

  

	 	25.2.5	 Each New Lender, by executing the relevant Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement, confirms, for the
avoidance of doubt, that the Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the
transfer or assignment becomes effective in accordance with this Agreement and that it is bound by that decision to the same extent as the Existing Lender would have been had it remained a Lender. 

 

	25.3	 Assignment or transfer fee 

 

	 	25.3.1	 Subject to Clause 25.3.2, the New Lender shall, on the date upon which an assignment or transfer takes effect,
pay to the Agent (for its own account) a fee of $3,000. 

  

	 	25.3.2	 No fee is payable pursuant to Clause 25.3.1 if: 

 

	 	(a)	 the Agent agrees that no fee is payable; or 

 

	 	(b)	 the assignment or transfer is made by an Existing Lender: 

 

	 	(i)	 to an Affiliate of that Existing Lender; 

 

	 	(ii)	 to a fund which is a Related Fund of that Existing Lender; or 

 

	 	(iii)	 in connection with primary syndication of the Loan. 

  
 Page 93 

	25.4	 Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders 

 

	 	25.4.1	 Unless expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no
responsibility to a New Lender for: 

  

	 	(a)	 the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Relevant Documents or any other
documents; 

  

	 	(b)	 the financial condition of any Obligor; 

 

	 	(c)	 the performance and observance by any Obligor of its obligations under the Relevant Documents or any other
documents; or 

  

	 	(d)	 the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with any of the Relevant
Documents or any other document, 

 and any representations or warranties implied by law are excluded. 

 

	 	25.4.2	 Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties that it: 

 

	 	(a)	 has made (and shall continue to make) its own independent investigation and assessment of the financial
condition and affairs of each Obligor and its related entities in connection with its participation in this Agreement and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing Lender in connection with any of the Relevant
Documents; and 

  

	 	(b)	 will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of each Obligor and its related
entities while any amount is or may be outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force. 

  

	 	25.4.3	 Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender to: 

 

	 	(a)	 accept a re-transfer or
re-assignment from a New Lender of any of the rights and obligations assigned or transferred under this Clause 25; or 

  

	 	(b)	 support any losses directly or indirectly incurred by the New Lender by reason of the non-performance by any Obligor of its obligations under the Relevant Documents or otherwise. 

  

	25.5	 Procedure for transfer 

 

	 	25.5.1	 Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 25.2 (Conditions of assignment or transfer) a transfer is
effected in accordance with Clause 25.5.3 when the Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender. The Agent shall, subject to Clause 25.2.2(b), as soon as reasonably
practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Transfer Certificate appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Transfer Certificate.

  
 Page 94 

	 	25.5.2	 The Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and
the New Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the transfer to such New Lender. 

 

	 	25.5.3	 Subject to Clause 25.9 (Pro rata interest settlement), on the Transfer Date: 

 

	 	(a)	 to the extent that in the Transfer Certificate the Existing Lender seeks to transfer by novation its rights and
obligations under the Finance Documents each Borrower and the Guarantor and the Existing Lender shall be released from further obligations towards one another under the Finance Documents and their respective rights against one another shall be
cancelled (being the “Discharged Rights and Obligations”); 

  

	 	(b)	 each Borrower and the Guarantor and the New Lender shall
assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another which differ from the Discharged Rights and Obligations only insofar as that Borrower and the Guarantor and the New
Lender have assumed and/or acquired the same in place of that Borrower and the Guarantor and the Existing Lender; 

 

	 	(c)	 the Agent, the Security Agent, the Bookrunner, the New Lender and other Lenders shall acquire the same rights
and assume the same obligations between themselves as they would have acquired and assumed had the New Lender been an Original Lender with the rights and/or obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of the transfer and to that extent the
Agent, the Security Agent, the Bookrunner and the Existing Lender shall each be released from further obligations to each other under the Finance Documents; and 

 

	 	(d)	 the New Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender”. 

 

	25.6	 Procedure for assignment 

 

	 	25.6.1	 Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 25.2 (Conditions of assignment or transfer) an assignment
may be effected in accordance with Clause 25.6.3 when the Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender. The Agent shall, subject to Clause 25.6.2, as soon as reasonably
practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Assignment Agreement appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Assignment Agreement.

  

	 	25.6.2	 The Agent shall only be obliged to execute an Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and
the New Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assignment to such New Lender. 

  
 Page 95 

	 	25.6.3	 Subject to Clause 25.9 (Pro rata interest settlement), on the Transfer Date: 

 

	 	(a)	 the Existing Lender will assign absolutely to the New Lender its rights under the Finance Documents and in
respect of any Encumbrance created or expressed to be created or evidenced by the Security Documents and expressed to be the subject of the assignment in the Assignment Agreement; 

 

	 	(b)	 the Existing Lender will be released from the obligations (the “Relevant Obligations”)
expressed to be the subject of the release in the Assignment Agreement (and any corresponding obligations by which it is bound in respect of any Encumbrance created or expressed to be created or evidenced by the Security Documents); and

  

	 	(c)	 the New Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender” and will be bound by obligations equivalent to the
Relevant Obligations. 

  

	 	25.6.4	 Lenders may utilise procedures other than those set out in this Clause 25.6 to assign their rights under the
Finance Documents (but not, without the consent of the relevant Obligor or unless in accordance with Clause 25.5 (Procedure for transfer), to obtain a release by that Obligor from the obligations owed to that Obligor by the Lenders nor the
assumption of equivalent obligations by a New Lender) provided that they comply with the conditions set out in Clause 25.2 (Conditions of assignment or transfer). 

 

	25.7	 Copy of Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement to Borrowers The Agent shall, as soon as reasonably
practicable after it has executed a Transfer Certificate or an Assignment Agreement, send to the Borrowers a copy of that Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement. 

 

	25.8	 Security over Lenders’ rights In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this Clause
25, each Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from any Obligor, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create Encumbrances in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document
to secure obligations of that Lender including, without limitation: 

  

	 	25.8.1	 any charge, assignment or other Encumbrance to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank; and

  

	 	25.8.2	 any charge, assignment or other Encumbrance granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives of holders)
of obligations owed, or securities issued, by that Lender as security for those obligations or securities, 

 except that
no such charge, assignment or Encumbrance shall: 
  

	 	(a)	 release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the
relevant charge, assignment or Encumbrance for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or 

  
 Page 96 

	 	(b)	 require any payments to be made by an Obligor other than or in excess of, or grant to any person any more
extensive rights than, those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance Documents. 

  

	25.9	 Pro rata interest settlement 

 

	 	25.9.1	 If the Agent has notified the Lenders that it is able to distribute interest payments on a “pro rata
basis” to Existing Lenders and New Lenders then (in respect of any transfer pursuant to Clause 25.5 (Procedure for transfer) or any assignment pursuant to Clause 25.6 (Procedure for assignment) the Transfer Date of which, in each
case, is after the date of such notification and is not on the last day of an Interest Period): 

  

	 	(a)	 any interest or fees in respect of the relevant participation which are expressed to accrue by reference to the
lapse of time shall continue to accrue in favour of the Existing Lender up to but excluding the Transfer Date (“Accrued Amounts”) and shall become due and payable to the Existing Lender (without further interest accruing on them) on
the last day of the current Interest Period (or, if the Interest Period is longer than six Months, on the next of the dates which falls at intervals of six Months after the first day of that Interest Period); and 

 

	 	(b)	 the rights assigned or transferred by the Existing Lender will not include the right to the Accrued Amounts, so
that, for the avoidance of doubt: 

  

	 	(i)	 when the Accrued Amounts become payable, those Accrued Amounts will be payable for the account of the Existing
Lender; and 

  

	 	(ii)	 the amount payable to the New Lender on that date will be the amount which would, but for the application of
this Clause 25.9, have been payable to it on that date, but after deduction of the Accrued Amounts. 

  

	 	25.9.2	 In this Clause 25.9 references to “Interest Period” shall be construed to include a reference to any
other period for accrual of fees. 

  

	 	25.9.3	 An Existing Lender which retains the right to the Accrued Amounts pursuant to this Clause 25.9 but which does
not have a Commitment shall be deemed not to be a Lender for the purposes of ascertaining whether the agreement of any specified group of Lenders has been obtained to approve any request for a consent, waiver, amendment or other vote of Lenders
under the Finance Documents. 

  
 Page 97 

	26	 Changes to the Obligors 

 

	26.1	 No assignment or transfer by Obligors No Obligor may assign any of its rights or transfer any of its
rights or obligations under the Finance Documents. 

  
 Page 98 

 Section 10 The Finance Parties 

 

	27	 Role of the Agent, the Security Agent and the Bookrunner 

 

	27.1	 Appointment of the Agent 

 

	 	27.1.1	 Each of the Bookrunner and the Lenders appoints the Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with the
Finance Documents and each of the Bookrunner, the Lenders and the Agent appoints the Security Agent to act as its security agent for the purpose of the Security Documents. 

 

	 	27.1.2	 Each of the Bookrunner and the Lenders authorises the Agent and each of the Bookrunner, the Lenders and the
Agent authorises the Security Agent to perform the duties, obligations and responsibilities and to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Agent or the Security Agent (as the case may be) under or in
connection with the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions. 

  

	 	27.1.3	 The Swap Provider appoints the Security Agent to act as its security agent for the purpose of the Security
Documents and authorises the Security Agent to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Security Agent under or in connection with the Security Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers,
authorities and discretions. 

  

	 	27.1.4	 Except in Clause 27.14 (Replacement of the Agent) or where the context otherwise requires, references in
this Clause 27 to the “Agent” shall mean the Agent and the Security Agent individually and collectively and references in this Clause 27 to the “Finance Documents” or to any “Finance Document” shall
not include the Master Agreement. 

  

	27.2	 Instructions 

  

	 	27.2.1	 The Agent shall: 

  

	 	(a)	 unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, exercise or refrain from exercising any right,
power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by: 

  

	 	(i)	 all Lenders if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is an all Lender decision; and

  

	 	(ii)	 in all other cases, the Majority Lenders; and 

 

	 	(b)	 not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from acting) in accordance with Clause
27.2.1(a). 

  

	 	27.2.2	 The Agent shall be entitled to request instructions, or clarification of any instruction, from the Majority
Lenders (or, if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is a decision for any other Lender or group of Lenders, from that Lender or group of Lenders) as to whether, and in what manner, it should exercise or refrain from exercising any
right, power, authority or discretion and the Agent may refrain from acting unless and until it receives any such instructions or clarification that it has requested. 

  
 Page 99 

	 	27.2.3	 Save in the case of decisions stipulated to be a matter for any other Lender or group of Lenders under the
relevant Finance Document and unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given to the Agent by the Majority Lenders shall override any conflicting instructions given by any other Parties and will be binding on all
Finance Parties. 

  

	 	27.2.4	 The Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with any instructions of any Lender or group of Lenders until
it has received any indemnification and/or security that it may in its discretion require (which may be greater in extent than that contained in the Finance Documents and which may include payment in advance) for any cost, loss or liability which it
may incur in complying with those instructions. 

  

	 	27.2.5	 In the absence of instructions, the Agent may act (or refrain from acting) as it considers to be in the best
interest of the Lenders. 

  

	 	27.2.6	 The Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Lender (without first obtaining that Lender’s consent)
in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document. This Clause 27.2.6 shall not apply to any legal or arbitration proceeding relating to the perfection, preservation or protection of rights under the Finance Documents or the
enforcement of the Finance Documents. 

  

	27.3	 Duties of the Agent 

 

	 	27.3.1	 The Agent’s duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.

  

	 	27.3.2	 Subject to Clause 27.3.3, the Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document
which is delivered to the Agent for that Party by any other Party. 

  

	 	27.3.3	 Without prejudice to Clause 25.7 (Copy of Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement to Borrowers),
Clause 27.3.1 shall not apply to any Transfer Certificate or any Assignment Agreement. 

  

	 	27.3.4	 Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Agent is not obliged to review or check
the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party. 

  

	 	27.3.5	 If the Agent receives notice from a Party referring to this Agreement, describing a Default and stating that
the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the Finance Parties. 

  

	 	27.3.6	 If the Agent is aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest,
commitment fee or other fee payable to a Finance Party (other than the Agent, the Bookrunner or the Security Agent) under this Agreement it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties. 

  
 Page 100 

	 	27.3.7	 The Agent shall have only those duties, obligations and responsibilities expressly specified in the Finance
Documents to which it is expressed to be a party (and no others shall be implied). 

  

	27.4	 Role of the Bookrunner Except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, the Bookrunner
has no obligations of any kind to any other Party under or in connection with any Finance Document. 

  

	27.5	 No fiduciary duties 

 

	 	27.5.1	 Subject to Clause 27.12 (Trust) which relates to the Security Agent only, nothing in any Finance
Document constitutes the Agent or the Bookrunner as a trustee or fiduciary of any other person. 

  

	 	27.5.2	 Neither the Agent nor the Bookrunner shall be bound to account to any Lender for any sum or the profit element
of any sum received by it for its own account. 

  

	27.6	 Business with Obligors and the Group The Agent and the Bookrunner may accept deposits from, lend money
to and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with any Borrower, any other Obligor or its Affiliate and any other member of the Group. 

  

	27.7	 Rights and discretions of the Agent 

 

	 	27.7.1	 The Agent may: 

  

	 	(a)	 rely on any representation, communication, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and
appropriately authorised; 

  

	 	(b)	 assume that: 

  

	 	(i)	 any instructions received by it from the Majority Lenders, any Lenders or any group of Lenders are duly given
in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents; and 

  

	 	(ii)	 unless it has received notice of revocation, that those instructions have not been revoked; and

  

	 	(iii)	 rely on a certificate from any person: 

 

	 	(A)	 as to any matter of fact or circumstance which might reasonably be expected to be within the knowledge of that
person; or 

  

	 	(B)	 to the effect that such person approves of any particular dealing, transaction, step, action or thing,

 as sufficient evidence that that is the case and, in the case of (A), may assume the truth and accuracy of that
certificate. 

  
 Page 101 

	 	27.7.2	 The Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as agent for the Lenders or
security agent for the Finance Parties (as the case may be)) that: 

  

	 	(a)	 no Default has occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of a Default arising under Clause 24.1 (Events of
Default)); 

  

	 	(b)	 any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or the Majority Lenders has not been exercised;
and 

  

	 	(c)	 any notice or request made by the Borrowers (other than a Utilisation Request) is made on behalf of and with
the consent and knowledge of all the Obligors. 

  

	 	27.7.3	 The Agent may engage and pay for the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, surveyors or other
experts. 

  

	 	27.7.4	 Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 27.7.3 or Clause 27.7.5, the Agent may at any time engage and pay
for the services of any lawyers to act as independent counsel to the Agent (and so separate from any lawyers instructed by the Lenders) if the Agent in its reasonable opinion deems this to be desirable. 

 

	 	27.7.5	 The Agent may rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other
professional advisers or experts (whether obtained by the Agent or by any other Party) and shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of its so relying.

  

	 	27.7.6	 The Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents through its officers, employees and agents and the Agent
shall not: 

  

	 	(a)	 be liable for any error of judgment made by any such person; or 

 

	 	(b)	 be bound to supervise, or be in any way responsible for any loss incurred by reason of misconduct, omission or
default on the part, of any such person, 

 unless such error or such loss was directly caused by the Agent’s gross
negligence or wilful misconduct. 
  

	 	27.7.7	 Unless a Finance Document expressly provides otherwise the Agent may disclose to any other Party any
information it reasonably believes it has received as agent under this Agreement. 

  

	 	27.7.8	 Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 27.7.7, the Agent: 

 

	 	(a)	 may disclose; and 

  

	 	(b)	 on the written request of the Borrowers or the Majority Lenders shall, as soon as reasonably practicable,
disclose, 

 the identity of a Defaulting Lender to the Borrowers and to the other Finance Parties. 

  
 Page 102 

	 	27.7.9	 Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither the Agent nor the
Bookrunner is obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality. 

 

	 	27.7.10	 The Agent is not obliged to disclose to any Finance Party any details of the rate notified to the Agent by any
Lender or the identity of any such Lender for the purpose of Clause 10.2 (Market Disruption). 

  

	 	27.7.11	 Notwithstanding any provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Agent is not obliged to expend or
risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its duties, obligations or responsibilities or the exercise of any right, power, authority or discretion if it has grounds for believing the repayment of such funds
or adequate indemnity against, or security for, such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. 

  

	27.8	 Responsibility for documentation Neither the Agent nor the Bookrunner is responsible or liable for:

  

	 	27.8.1	 the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Agent,
the Bookrunner, an Obligor or any other person given in or in connection with any Relevant Document or the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents; 

 

	 	27.8.2	 the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Relevant Document or any other
agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of or in connection with any Relevant Document; or 

  

	 	27.8.3	 any determination as to whether any information provided or to be provided to any Finance Party is non-public information the use of which may be regulated or prohibited by applicable law or regulation relating to insider dealing or otherwise. 

 

	27.9	 No duty to monitor The Agent shall not be bound to enquire: 

 

	 	27.9.1	 whether or not any Default has occurred; 

 

	 	27.9.2	 as to the performance, default or any breach by any Party of its obligations under any Finance Document; or

  

	 	27.9.3	 whether any other event specified in any Finance Document has occurred. 

 

	27.10	 Exclusion of liability 

 

	 	27.10.1	 Without limiting Clause 27.10.2 (and without prejudice to any other provision of any Finance Document excluding
or limiting the liability of the Agent) the Agent shall not be liable (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever) for: 

  
 Page 103 

	 	(a)	 any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value, or any liability whatsoever arising as a
result of taking or not taking any action under or in connection with any Finance Document or any Encumbrance created or expressed to be created or evidenced by the Security Documents, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful
misconduct; 

  

	 	(b)	 exercising, or not exercising, any right, power, authority or discretion given to it by, or in connection with,
any Finance Document, any Encumbrance created or expressed to be created or evidenced by the Security Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with, any
Finance Document or any Encumbrance created or expressed to be created or evidenced by the Security Documents; 

  

	 	(c)	 any shortfall which arises on the enforcement or realisation of the Trust Property; or 

 

	 	(d)	 without prejudice to the generality of Clauses 27.10.1(a), 27.10.1(b) and 27.10.1(c), any damages, costs or
losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of: 

  

	 	(i)	 any act, event or circumstance not reasonably within its control; or 

 

	 	(ii)	 the general risks of investment in, or the holding of assets in, any jurisdiction, 

including (in each case and without limitation) such damages, costs, losses, diminution in value or liability arising as a result of:
nationalisation, expropriation or other governmental actions; any regulation, currency restriction, devaluation or fluctuation; market conditions affecting the execution or settlement of transactions or the value of assets (including any Disruption
Event); breakdown, failure or malfunction of any third party transport, telecommunications, computer services or systems; natural disasters or acts of God; war, terrorism, insurrection or revolution; or strikes or industrial action. 

 

	 	27.10.2	 No Party (other than the Agent) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Agent in
respect of any claim it might have against the Agent or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Relevant Document and any officer, employee or agent of the Agent may rely on this Clause
subject to Clause 1.12 (Third Party Rights) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act. 

  

	 	27.10.3	 The Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount
required under the Finance Documents to be paid by the Agent if the Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by
the Agent for that purpose. 

  
 Page 104 

	 	27.10.4	 Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Agent or the Bookrunner to carry out: 

 

	 	(a)	 any “know your customer” or other checks in relation to any person; 

 

	 	(b)	 any check on the extent to which any transaction contemplated by this Agreement might be unlawful for any
Lender or for any Affiliate of any Lender, 

 on behalf of any Lender and each Lender confirms to the Agent and the
Bookrunner that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Agent or the Bookrunner. 

 

	 	27.10.5	 Without prejudice to any provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the Agent’s liability,
any liability of the Agent arising under or in connection with any Finance Document or any Encumbrance created or expressed to be created or evidenced by the Security Documents shall be limited to the amount of actual loss which has been finally
judicially determined to have been suffered (as determined by reference to the date of default of the Agent or, if later, the date on which the loss arises as a result of such default) but without reference to any special conditions or circumstances
known to the Agent at any time which increase the amount of that loss. In no event shall the Agent be liable for any loss of profits, goodwill, reputation, business opportunity or anticipated saving, or for special, punitive, indirect or
consequential damages, whether or not the Agent has been advised of the possibility of such loss or damages. 

  

	27.11	 Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent 

 

	 	27.11.1	 Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then
zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Agent and every Receiver and Delegate, within three Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability (including, without limitation,
for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever) incurred by any of them (otherwise than by reason of the relevant Agent’s, Receiver’s or Delegate’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct) (or, in the case of any cost,
loss or liability pursuant to Clause 31.11 (Disruption to payment systems etc.) notwithstanding the Agent’s negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud
of the Agent) in acting as Agent, Receiver or Delegate under, or exercising any authority conferred under, the Finance Documents (unless the relevant Agent, Receiver or Delegate has been reimbursed by an Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document).

  
 Page 105 

	 	27.11.2	 Subject to Clause 27.11.3, the Borrowers shall immediately on demand reimburse any Lender for any payment that
Lender makes to the Agent pursuant to Clause 27.11.1 

  

	 	27.11.3	 Clause 27.11.2 shall not apply to the extent that the indemnity payment in respect of which the Lender claims
reimbursement relates to a liability of the Agent to an Obligor. 

  

	27.12	 Trust The Security Agent agrees and declares, and each of the other Finance Parties acknowledges, that,
subject to the terms and conditions of this Clause 27.12, the Security Agent holds the Trust Property on trust for the Finance Parties absolutely. Each of the other Finance Parties agrees that the obligations, rights and benefits vested in the
Security Agent shall be performed and exercised in accordance with this Clause 27.12. The Security Agent shall have the benefit of all of the provisions of this Agreement benefiting it in its capacity as security agent for the Finance Parties, and
all the powers and discretions conferred on trustees by the Trustee Act 1925 (to the extent not inconsistent with this Agreement). In addition: 

  

	 	27.12.1	 the Security Agent and any Delegate may indemnify itself or himself out of the Trust Property against all
liabilities, costs, fees, damages, charges, losses and expenses sustained or incurred by it or him in relation to the taking or holding of any of the Trust Property or in connection with the exercise or purported exercise of the rights, trusts,
powers and discretions vested in the Security Agent or any Delegate by or pursuant to the Security Documents or in respect of anything else done or omitted to be done in any way relating to the Security Documents; 

 

	 	27.12.2	 the other Finance Parties acknowledge that the Security Agent shall be under no obligation to insure any
property nor to require any other person to insure any property and shall not be responsible for any loss which may be suffered by any person as a result of the lack or insufficiency of any insurance; 

 

	 	27.12.3	 the Finance Parties agree that the perpetuity period applicable to the trusts declared by this Agreement shall
be the period of 125 years from the date of this Agreement; 

  

	 	27.12.4	 the Security Agent shall not be liable for any failure, omission, or defect in perfecting the security
constituted or created by any Finance Document including, without limitation, any failure to register the same in accordance with the provisions of any of the documents of title of any Obligor to any of the assets thereby charged or effect or
procure registration of or otherwise protect the security created by any Security Document under any registration laws in any jurisdiction and may accept without enquiry such title as any Obligor may have to any asset; 

 

	 	27.12.5	 the Security Agent shall not be under any obligation to hold any title deed, Finance Document or any other
documents in connection with the Finance Documents or any other documents in connection with the property charged by any Finance Document or any other such security in its own possession or to take any steps to protect or preserve the same, and may
permit any Obligor to retain all such title deeds, Finance Documents and other documents in its possession; and 

  
 Page 106 

	 	27.12.6	 save as otherwise provided in the Finance Documents, all moneys which under the trusts therein contained are
received by the Security Agent may be placed on deposit in the name of or under the control of the Security Agent at such bank or institution (including the Security Agent) and upon such terms as the Security Agent may think fit pending application
of those moneys in accordance with Clause 28 (Application of Proceeds). 

 The provisions of Part I of the Trustee
Act 2000 shall not apply to the Security Agent or the Trust Property. 
  

	27.13	 Resignation of the Agent 

 

	 	27.13.1	 The Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates acting through an office as successor by giving notice
to the other Finance Parties and the Borrowers. 

  

	 	27.13.2	 Alternatively the Agent may resign by giving 30 days’ notice to the other Finance Parties and the
Borrowers, in which case the Majority Lenders (after consultation with the Borrowers) may appoint a successor Agent. 

  

	 	27.13.3	 If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Agent in accordance with Clause 27.13.2 within 20 days
after notice of resignation was given, the retiring Agent (after consultation with the Borrowers) may appoint a successor Agent. 

  

	 	27.13.4	 If the Agent wishes to resign because (acting reasonably) it has concluded that it is no longer appropriate for
it to remain as agent and the Agent is entitled to appoint a successor Agent under Clause 27.13.3, the Agent may (if it concludes (acting reasonably) that it is necessary to do so in order to persuade the proposed successor Agent to become a party
to this Agreement as Agent) agree with the proposed successor Agent amendments to this Clause 27 and any other term of this Agreement dealing with the rights or obligations of the Agent consistent with then current market practice for the
appointment and protection of corporate trustees together with any reasonable amendments to the agency fee payable under this Agreement which are consistent with the successor Agent’s normal fee rates and those amendments will bind the Parties.

  

	 	27.13.5	 The retiring Agent shall make available to the successor Agent such documents and records and provide such
assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Agent under the Finance Documents. The Borrowers shall, within three Business Days of demand, reimburse the retiring Agent for the amount of all
costs and expenses (including legal fees) properly incurred by it in making available such documents and records and providing such assistance. 

  

	 	27.13.6	 The Agent’s resignation notice shall only take effect upon the appointment of a successor and (in the case
of the Security Agent) the transfer of all the Trust Property to that successor. 

  
 Page 107 

	 	27.13.7	 Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in
respect of the Finance Documents (other than its obligations under Clause 27.13.5) but shall remain entitled to the benefit of Clause 14.3 (Indemnity to the Agent) and this Clause 27 (and any agency fees for the account of the retiring Agent
shall cease to accrue from (and shall be payable on) that date). Any successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

  

	 	27.13.8	 The Agent shall resign in accordance with Clause 27.13.2 (and, to the extent applicable, shall use reasonable
endeavours to appoint a successor Agent pursuant to Clause 27.13.3) if on or after the date which is three months before the earliest FATCA Application Date relating to any payment to the Agent under the Finance Documents, either:

  

	 	(a)	 the Agent fails to respond to a request under Clause 12.8 (FATCA information) and a Lender reasonably
believes that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date; 

  

	 	(b)	 the information supplied by the Agent pursuant to Clause 12.8 (FATCA information) indicates that the
Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date; or 

  

	 	(c)	 the Agent notifies the Borrowers and the Lenders that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA
Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date; 

 and (in each case) a Lender reasonably believes that a Party will
be required to make a FATCA Deduction that would not be required if the Agent were a FATCA Exempt Party, and that Lender, by notice to the Agent, requires it to resign. 
  

	27.14	 Replacement of the Agent 

 

	 	27.14.1	 After consultation with the Borrowers, the Majority Lenders may, by giving 30 days’ notice to the Agent
replace the Agent by appointing a successor Agent. 

  

	 	27.14.2	 The retiring Agent shall (at the expense of the Lenders) make available to the successor Agent such documents
and records and provide such assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its function as Agent under the Finance Documents. 

 

	 	27.14.3	 The appointment of the successor Agent shall take effect on the date specified in the notice from the Majority
Lenders to the retiring Agent. As from this date, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents (other than its obligations under Clause 27.14.2 but shall remain entitled to the benefit of
Clause 14.3 (Indemnity to the Agent) and this Clause 27 (and any agency fees for the account of the retiring Agent shall cease to accrue from (and shall be payable on) that date). 

  
 Page 108 

	 	27.14.4	 Any successor Agent and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves
as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party. 

  

	27.15	 Confidentiality 

 

	 	27.15.1	 In acting as agent for the Finance Parties, the Agent shall be regarded as acting through its agency division
which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions or departments. 

  

	 	27.15.2	 If information is received by another division or department of the Agent, it may be treated as confidential to
that division or department and the Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it. 

  

	27.16	 Relationship with the Lenders 

 

	 	27.16.1	 Subject to Clause 25.9 (Pro rata interest settlement), the Agent may treat the person shown in its
records as Lender at the opening of business (in the place of the Agent’s principal office as notified to the Finance Parties from time to time) as the Lender acting through its Facility Office: 

 

	 	(a)	 entitled to or liable for any payment due under any Finance Document on that day; and 

 

	 	(b)	 entitled to receive and act upon any notice, request, document or communication or make any decision or
determination under any Finance Document made or delivered on that day, 

 unless it has received not less than five
Business Days’ prior notice from that Lender to the contrary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. 
  

	 	27.16.2	 Any Lender may by notice to the Agent appoint a person to receive on its behalf all notices, communications,
information and documents to be made or dispatched to that Lender under the Finance Documents. Such notice shall contain the address, fax number and (where communication by electronic mail or other electronic means is permitted under Clause 33.5
(Electronic communication)) electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the transmission of information by that means (and, in each case, the department or officer, if any, for whose attention communication is to
be made) and be treated as a notification of a substitute address, fax number, electronic mail address, department and officer by that Lender for the purposes of Clause 33.2 (Addresses) and Clause 33.5 (Electronic communication) and
the Agent shall be entitled to treat such person as the person entitled to receive all such notices, communications, information and documents as though that person were that Lender. 

 

	27.17	 Credit appraisal by the Lenders Without affecting the responsibility of any Obligor for information
supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Relevant Document, each Lender confirms to the Agent and the Bookrunner that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation
of all risks arising under or in connection with any Relevant Document including but not limited to: 

  
 Page 109 

	 	27.17.1	 the financial condition, status and nature of each Obligor; 

 

	 	27.17.2	 the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Relevant Document and any other
agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Relevant Document; 

  

	 	27.17.3	 whether that Lender has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its
respective assets under or in connection with any Relevant Document, the transactions contemplated by the Relevant Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of under or in connection
with any Relevant Document; and 

  

	 	27.17.4	 the right or title of any person in or to, or the value or sufficiency of any part of the Charged Property, the
priority of any Encumbrance created or expressed to be created or evidenced by the Security Documents or the existence of any Encumbrance affecting the Charged Property. 

 

	27.18	 Reference Banks If a Reference Bank (or, if a Reference Bank is not a Lender, the Lender of which it is
an Affiliate) ceases to be a Lender, the Agent shall (in consultation with the Borrowers) appoint another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender to replace that Reference Bank. 

 

	27.19	 Agent’s management time Any amount payable to the Agent under Clause 14.3 (Indemnity to the
Agent), Clause 14.4 (Indemnity to the Security Agent), Clause 16 (Costs and expenses) and Clause 27.11 (Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent) shall include the cost of utilising the Agent’s management time or other
resources and will be calculated on the basis of such reasonable daily or hourly rates as the Agent may notify to the Borrowers and the Lenders, and is in addition to any fee paid or payable to the Agent under Clause 11 (Fees).

  

	27.20	 Deduction from amounts payable by the Agent If any Party owes an amount to the Agent under the Finance
Documents the Agent may, after giving notice to that Party, deduct an amount not exceeding that amount from any payment to that Party which the Agent would otherwise be obliged to make under the Finance Documents and apply the amount deducted in or
towards satisfaction of the amount owed. For the purposes of the Finance Documents that Party shall be regarded as having received any amount so deducted. 

  

	28	 Application of Proceeds 

 

	28.1	 Order of application Subject to Clause 28.2 (Prospective liabilities), all amounts from time to
time received or recovered by the Security Agent pursuant to the terms of any Finance Document or in connection with the realisation or enforcement of all or any Encumbrance created or expressed to be created under the Security Documents (for the
purposes of this Clause 28, the “Recoveries”) shall be held by the Security Agent on trust to apply them at any time as the Security Agent (in its discretion) sees fit, to the extent permitted by applicable law (and subject to the
provisions of this Clause 28), in the following order: 

  
 Page 110 

	 	28.1.1	 in discharging any sums owing to the Security Agent, any Receiver or any Delegate; 

 

	 	28.1.2	 in payment of all costs and expenses incurred by the Agent or any Secured Party in connection with any
realisation or enforcement of any Encumbrance created or expressed to be created under the Security Documents taken in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; and 

 

	 	28.1.3	 in payment to the Agent for application in accordance with Clause 31.5 (Partial payments).

  

	28.2	 Prospective liabilities Following enforcement of any Encumbrance created or expressed to be created
under the Security Documents the Security Agent may, in its discretion, hold any amount of the Recoveries in an interest bearing suspense or impersonal account(s) in the name of the Security Agent with such financial institution (including itself)
and for so long as the Security Agent shall think fit (the interest being credited to the relevant account) for later application under Clause 28.1 (Order of application) in respect of: 

 

	 	28.2.1	 any sum to the Security Agent, any Receiver or any Delegate; and 

 

	 	28.2.2	 any part of the Indebtedness, 

that the Security Agent reasonably considers, in each case, might become due or owing at any time in the future. 

 

	28.3	 Investment of proceeds Prior to the application of the proceeds of the Recoveries in accordance with
Clause 28.1 (Order of application) the Security Agent may, in its discretion, hold all or part of those proceeds in an interest bearing suspense or impersonal account(s) in the name of the Security Agent with such financial institution
(including itself) and for so long as the Security Agent shall think fit (the interest being credited to the relevant account) pending the application from time to time of those moneys in the Security Agent’s discretion in accordance with the
provisions of this Clause 28. 

  

	28.4	 Currency conversion 

 

	 	28.4.1	 For the purpose of, or pending the discharge of, any part of the Indebtedness the Security Agent may convert
any moneys received or recovered by the Security Agent from one currency to another, at a market rate of exchange. 

  

	 	28.4.2	 The obligations of any Obligor to pay in the due currency shall only be satisfied to the extent of the amount
of the due currency purchased after deducting the costs of conversion. 

  

	28.5	 Permitted deductions The Security Agent shall be entitled, in its discretion: 

 

	 	28.5.1	 to set aside by way of reserve amounts required to meet, and to make and pay, any deductions and withholdings
(on account of taxes or otherwise) which it is or may be required by any applicable law to make from any distribution or payment made by it under this Agreement; and 

  
 Page 111 

	 	28.5.2	 to pay all Taxes which may be assessed against it in respect of any of the Trust Property, or as a consequence
of performing its duties, or by virtue of its capacity as Security Agent under any of the Finance Documents or otherwise (other than in connection with its remuneration for performing its duties under this Agreement). 

 

	28.6	 Good discharge 

 

	 	28.6.1	 Any payment to be made in respect of the Indebtedness by the Security Agent may be made to the Agent on behalf
of the Finance Parties and any payment made in that way shall be a good discharge, to the extent of that payment, by the Security Agent. 

  

	 	28.6.2	 The Security Agent is under no obligation to make the payments to the Agent under Clause 28.6.1 in the same
currency as that in which the obligations and liabilities owing to the relevant Finance Party are denominated. 

  

	29	 Conduct of Business by the Finance Parties 

No provision of this Agreement will: 
  

	29.1	 interfere with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it
thinks fit; 

  

	29.2	 oblige any Finance Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or
the extent, order and manner of any claim; or 

  

	29.3	 oblige any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any
computations in respect of Tax. 

  

	30	 Sharing among the Finance Parties 

 

	30.1	 Payments to Finance Parties If a Finance Party (a “Recovering Finance Party”) receives
or recovers any amount from an Obligor other than in accordance with Clause 31 (Payment Mechanics) (a “Recovered Amount”) and applies that amount to a payment due under the Finance Documents then: 

 

	 	30.1.1	 the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days, notify details of the receipt or recovery, to
the Agent; 

  

	 	30.1.2	 the Agent shall determine whether the receipt or recovery is in excess of the amount the Recovering Finance
Party would have been paid had the receipt or recovery been received or made by the Agent and distributed in accordance with Clause 31 (Payment Mechanics), without taking account of any Tax which would be imposed on the Agent in relation to
the receipt, recovery or distribution; and 

  

	 	30.1.3	 the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days of demand by the Agent, pay to the Agent an
amount (the “Sharing Payment”) equal to such receipt or recovery less any amount which the Agent determines may be retained by the Recovering Finance Party as its share of any payment to be made, in accordance with Clause 31.5
(Partial payments). 

  
 Page 112 

	30.2	 Redistribution of payments The Agent shall treat the Sharing Payment as if it had been paid by the
relevant Obligor and distribute it between the Finance Parties (other than the Recovering Finance Party) (the “Sharing Finance Parties”) in accordance with Clause 31.5 (Partial payments) towards the obligations of that
Obligor to the Sharing Finance Parties. 

  

	30.3	 Recovering Finance Party’s rights On a distribution by the Agent under Clause 30.2
(Redistribution of payments) of a payment received by a Recovering Finance Party from an Obligor, as between the relevant Obligor and the Recovering Finance Party, an amount of the Recovered Amount equal to the Sharing Payment will be treated
as not having been paid by that Obligor. 

  

	30.4	 Reversal of redistribution If any part of the Sharing Payment received or recovered by a Recovering
Finance Party becomes repayable and is repaid by that Recovering Finance Party, then: 

  

	 	30.4.1	 each Sharing Finance Party shall, upon request of the Agent, pay to the Agent for the account of that
Recovering Finance Party an amount equal to the appropriate part of its share of the Sharing Payment (together with an amount as is necessary to reimburse that Recovering Finance Party for its proportion of any interest on the Sharing Payment which
that Recovering Finance Party is required to pay) (the “Redistributed Amount”); and 

  

	 	30.4.2	 as between the relevant Obligor and each relevant Sharing Finance Party, an amount equal to the relevant
Redistributed Amount will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor. 

  

	30.5	 Exceptions 

  

	 	30.5.1	 This Clause 30 shall not apply to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party would not, after making any
payment pursuant to this Clause, have a valid and enforceable claim against the relevant Obligor. 

  

	 	30.5.2	 A Recovering Finance Party is not obliged to share with any other Finance Party any amount which the Recovering
Finance Party has received or recovered as a result of taking legal or arbitration proceedings, if: 

  

	 	(a)	 it notified that other Finance Party of the legal or arbitration proceedings; and 

 

	 	(b)	 that other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those legal or arbitration proceedings but did
not do so as soon as reasonably practicable having received notice and did not take separate legal or arbitration proceedings. 

  
 Page 113 

 Section 11 Administration 

 

	31	 Payment Mechanics 

 

	31.1	 Payments to the Agent On each date on which an Obligor or a Lender is required to make a payment under a
Finance Document (other than the Master Agreement), that Obligor or that Lender shall make the same available to the Agent (unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document) for value on the due date at the time and in such funds specified
by the Agent as being customary at the time for settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place of payment. 

Payment shall be made to such account in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency with such bank as the Agent specifies.

  

	31.2	 Distributions by the Agent Each payment received by the Agent under the Finance Documents for another
Party shall, subject to Clause 31.3 (Distributions to an Obligor) and Clause 31.4 (Clawback and pre-funding) be made available by the Agent as soon as practicable after receipt to the Party
entitled to receive payment in accordance with this Agreement (in the case of a Lender, for the account of its Facility Office), to such account as that Party may notify to the Agent by not less than five Business Days’ notice with a bank
specified by that Party in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency. 

  

	31.3	 Distributions to an Obligor The Agent may (with the consent of an Obligor or in accordance with Clause
32 (Set-Off)) apply any amount received by it for that Obligor in or towards payment (on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from that Obligor under the Finance
Documents or in or towards purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied. 

  

	31.4	 Clawback and pre-funding 

 

	 	31.4.1	 Where a sum is to be paid to the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party, the Agent is not obliged
to pay that sum to that other Party (or to enter into or perform any related exchange contract) until it has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received that sum. 

 

	 	31.4.2	 Unless Clause 31.4.3 applies, if the Agent pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that
the Agent had not actually received that amount, then the Party to whom that amount (or the proceeds of any related exchange contract) was paid by the Agent shall on demand refund the same to the Agent together with interest on that amount from the
date of payment to the date of receipt by the Agent, calculated by the Agent to reflect its cost of funds. 

  

	 	31.4.3	 If the Agent has notified the Lenders that it is willing to make available amounts for the account of a
Borrower before receiving funds from the Lenders then if and to the extent that the Agent does so but it proves to be the case that it does not then receive funds from a Lender in respect of a sum which it paid to a Borrower: 

  
 Page 114 

	 	(a)	 the Agent shall notify the Borrowers of that Lender’s identity and the Borrower to whom that sum was made
available shall on demand refund it to the Agent; and 

  

	 	(b)	 the Lender by whom those funds should have been made available or, if that Lender fails to do so, the Borrower
to whom that sum was made available, shall on demand pay to the Agent the amount (as certified by the Agent) which will indemnify the Agent against any funding cost incurred by it as a result of paying out that sum before receiving those funds from
that Lender. 

  

	31.5	 Partial payments 

 

	 	31.5.1	 If the Agent or the Security Agent (as applicable) receives a payment that is insufficient to discharge all the
amounts then due and payable by an Obligor under the Finance Documents (other than the Master Agreement), the Agent or the Security Agent (as applicable) shall apply that payment towards the obligations of that Obligor under the Finance Documents
(other than the Master Agreement) in the following order: 

  

	 	(a)	 in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses of the Agent, the Security Agent, any
Receiver or any Delegate under the Finance Documents; 

  

	 	(b)	 in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued interest, fee or commission due but unpaid under this Agreement;

  

	 	(c)	 in or towards payment pro rata of any principal due but unpaid under this Agreement; and 

 

	 	(d)	 in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under the Finance Documents,

 provided that any part of the Indebtedness arising out of the Master Agreement shall be satisfied on a pari passu basis
with any repayment of the principal of the Loan. 
  

	 	31.5.2	 The Agent shall, if so directed by the Majority Lenders, vary the order set out in Clauses 31.5.1(b) to
31.5.1(d). 

  

	 	31.5.3	 Clauses 31.5.1 and 31.5.2 will override any appropriation made by an Obligor. 

 

	31.6	 No set-off by Obligors All payments to be made by an Obligor
under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim. 

 

	31.7	 Business Days Any payment under the Finance Documents which is due to be made on a day that is not a
Business Day shall be made on the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not). 

During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or Unpaid Sum under this Agreement interest is payable on the principal or
Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the original due date. 

  
 Page 115 

	31.8	 Currency of account 

 

	 	31.8.1	 Subject to Clauses 31.8.2 to 31.8.5, dollars is the currency of account and payment for any sum due from an
Obligor under any Finance Document. 

  

	 	31.8.2	 A repayment or payment of all or part of the Loan or an Unpaid Sum shall be made in the currency in which the
Loan or Unpaid Sum is denominated, pursuant to this Agreement, on its due date. 

  

	 	31.8.3	 Each payment of interest shall be made in the currency in which the sum in respect of which the interest is
payable was denominated, pursuant to this Agreement, when that interest accrued. 

  

	 	31.8.4	 Each payment in respect of costs, expenses or Taxes shall be made in the currency in which the costs, expenses
or Taxes are incurred. 

  

	 	31.8.5	 Any amount expressed to be payable in a currency other than dollars shall be paid in that other currency.

  

	31.9	 Control account The Agent shall open and maintain on its books a control account in the name of each
Borrower showing the advance of the Loan and the computation and payment of interest and all other sums due under this Agreement. The Borrowers’ obligations to repay the Loan and to pay interest and all other sums due under this Agreement shall
be evidenced by the entries from time to time made in the control account opened and maintained under this Clause 31.9 and those entries will, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding. 

 

	31.10	 Change of currency 

 

	 	31.10.1	 Unless otherwise prohibited by law, if more than one currency or currency unit are at the same time recognised
by the central bank of any country as the lawful currency of that country, then: 

  

	 	(a)	 any reference in the Finance Documents to, and any obligations arising under the Finance Documents in, the
currency of that country shall be translated into, or paid in, the currency or currency unit of that country designated by the Agent (after consultation with the Borrowers); and 

 

	 	(b)	 any translation from one currency or currency unit to another shall be at the official rate of exchange
recognised by the central bank for the conversion of that currency or currency unit into the other, rounded up or down by the Agent (acting reasonably). 

  

	 	31.10.2	 If a change in any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will, to the extent the Agent (acting
reasonably and after consultation with the Borrowers) specifies to be necessary, be amended to comply with any generally accepted conventions and market practice in the Relevant Market and otherwise to reflect the change in currency.

  
 Page 116 

	31.11	 Disruption to payment systems etc. If either the Agent determines that a Disruption Event has occurred
or the Agent is notified by the Borrowers that a Disruption Event has occurred: 

  

	 	31.11.1	 the Agent may, and shall if requested to do so by the Borrowers, consult with the Borrowers with a view to
agreeing with the Borrowers such changes to the operation or administration of the Loan as the Agent may deem necessary in the circumstances; 

  

	 	31.11.2	 the Agent shall not be obliged to consult with the Borrowers in relation to any changes mentioned in Clause
31.11.1 if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances and, in any event, shall have no obligation to agree to any such changes; 

  

	 	31.11.3	 the Agent may consult with the Finance Parties in relation to any changes mentioned in Clause 31.11.1 but shall
not be obliged to do so if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances; 

  

	 	31.11.4	 any such changes agreed upon by the Agent and the Borrowers shall (whether or not it is finally determined that
a Disruption Event has occurred) be binding upon the Parties as an amendment to (or, as the case may be, waiver of) the terms of the Finance Documents notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 37 (Amendments and Waivers);

  

	 	31.11.5	 the Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any
liability whatsoever (including, without limitation, for negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) arising as a result of its taking, or failing to take,
any actions pursuant to or in connection with this Clause 31.11; and 

  

	 	31.11.6	 the Agent shall notify the Finance Parties of all changes agreed pursuant to Clause 31.11.4.

  

	32	 Set-Off 

 

	32.1	 Set-off A Finance Party may set off any matured obligation due
from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any matured obligation owed by that Finance Party to that Obligor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either
obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

  

	32.2	 Master Agreement rights The rights conferred on the Swap Provider by this Clause 32 shall be in addition
to, and without prejudice to or limitation of, the rights of netting and set off conferred on the Swap Provider by each Master Agreement. 

  

	33	 Notices 

  

	33.1	 Communications in writing Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents
shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax or letter. 

  
 Page 117 

	33.2	 Addresses The address and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the
communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents is: 

  

	 	33.2.1	 in the case of each Borrower, that identified with its name in Part III of Schedule 1 (The Parties);

  

	 	33.2.2	 in the case of the Guarantor, that identified with its name in Part III of Schedule 1 (The Parties);

  

	 	33.2.3	 in the case of each Lender, that notified in writing to the Agent on or prior to the date on which it becomes a
Party; and 

  

	 	33.2.4	 in the case of the Swap Provider, that identified with its name in Part II of Schedule 1 (The Parties);
and 

  

	 	33.2.5	 in the case of the Agent or the Security Agent, that identified with its name in Part II of Schedule 1 (The
Parties), 

 or any substitute address, fax number, or department or officer as the Party may notify to the Agent (or
the Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a change is made by the Agent) by not less than five Business Days’ notice. 
  

	33.3	 Delivery Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection
with the Finance Documents will only be effective: 

  

	 	33.3.1	 if by way of fax, when received in legible form; or 

 

	 	33.3.2	 if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or five Business Days after being deposited
in the post postage prepaid in an envelope addressed to it at that address; 

 and, if a particular department or officer
is specified as part of its address details provided under Clause 33.2 (Addresses), if addressed to that department or officer. 
 Any
communication or document to be made or delivered to the Agent or the Security Agent will be effective only when actually received by the Agent or the Security Agent and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or
officer identified with the Agent’s or the Security Agent’s signature below (or any substitute department or officer as the Agent or the Security Agent shall specify for this purpose). 

All notices from or to an Obligor (save in respect of each Master Agreement) shall be sent through the Agent. 

Any communication or document which becomes effective, in accordance with this Clause 33.3, after 5.00 p.m. in the place of receipt shall be
deemed only to become effective on the following day. 
  

	33.4	 Notification of address and fax number Promptly upon changing its address or fax number, the Agent shall
notify the other Parties. 

  
 Page 118 

	33.5	 Electronic communication 

 

	 	33.5.1	 Any communication to be made between any two Parties under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be
made by electronic mail or other electronic means (including, without limitation, by way of posting to a secure website) if those two Parties: 

  

	 	(a)	 notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable
the transmission of information by that means; and 

  

	 	(b)	 notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them by not less
than five Business Days’ notice. 

  

	 	33.5.2	 Any such electronic communication to be made between an Obligor and a Finance Party may only be made in that
way to the extent that those two Parties agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication. 

  

	 	33.5.3	 Any such electronic communication made between any two Parties will be effective only when actually received
(or made available) in readable form and in the case of any electronic communication made by a Party to the Agent or the Security Agent only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Agent or the Security Agent shall specify for this purpose.

  

	 	33.5.4	 Any electronic communication which becomes effective, in accordance with Clause 33.5.3, after 5.00 p.m. in the
place in which the Party to whom the relevant communication is sent or made available has its address for the purpose of this Agreement shall be deemed only to become effective on the following day. 

 

	 	33.5.5	 Any reference in a Finance Document to a communication being sent or received shall be construed to include
that communication being made available in accordance with this Clause 33.5. 

  

	33.6	 English language Any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English.
All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document must be: 

  

	 	33.6.1	 in English; or 

  

	 	33.6.2	 if not in English, and if so required by the Agent, accompanied by a certified English translation and, in this
case, the English translation will prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document. 

  

	34	 Calculations and Certificates 

 

	34.1	 Accounts In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance
Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by the Agent pursuant to Clause 31.9 (Control account) are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate. 

  
 Page 119 

	34.2	 Certificates and determinations Any certification or determination by the Agent of a rate or amount
under any Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it relates. 

  

	34.3	 Day count convention and interest calculation  

 

	 	34.3.1	 Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and the amount of
any such interest, commission or fee is calculated: 

  

	 	(a)	 on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 days (or, in any case where the practice in
the Relevant Market differs, in accordance with that market practice); and 

  

	 	(b)	 subject to Clause 34.3.2, without rounding. 

 

	 	34.3.2	 The aggregate amount of any accrued interest, commission or fee which is, or becomes, payable by an Obligor
under a Finance Document shall be rounded to two decimal places. 

  

	35	 Partial Invalidity 

If, at any time, any provision of a Finance Document is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any
jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired. 

 

	36	 Remedies and Waivers 

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Finance Party or Secured Party, any right or remedy under a Finance
Document shall operate as a waiver of any such right or remedy or constitute an election to affirm any Finance Document. No election to affirm any Finance Document on the part of any Finance Party or Secured Party shall be effective unless it is in
writing. No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy shall prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in each Finance Document are cumulative and not exclusive of any
rights or remedies provided by law. 
  

	37	 Amendments and Waivers 

 

	37.1	 Required consents 

 

	 	37.1.1	 Subject to Clause 37.2 (Exceptions) any term of the Finance Documents (other than the Master Agreement)
may be amended or waived only with the consent of the Majority Lenders and the Borrowers and any such amendment or waiver will be binding on all Parties. 

  

	 	37.1.2	 The Agent may effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause 37.

  

	 	37.1.3	 Without prejudice to the generality of Clauses 27.7.3, 27.7.4 and 27.7.5 (Rights and discretions of the
Agent), the Agent may engage, pay for and rely on the services of lawyers in determining the consent level required for and effecting any amendment, waiver or consent under this Agreement. 

  
 Page 120 

	 	37.1.4	 Clause 25.9.3 (Pro rata interest settlement) shall apply to this Clause 37. 

 

	37.2	 Exceptions 

  

	 	37.2.1	 Subject to Clause 37.3 (Changes to reference rate), an amendment, waiver or (in the case of a Security
Document) a consent of, or in relation to, any term of any Finance Document that has the effect of changing or which relates to: 

  

	 	(a)	 the definition of “Approved Family Members”, “Majority Lenders”
“Relevant Person”, “Restricted Party”, “Sanctions”, “Sanctions Authority” and “Sanctions List” in Clause 1.1 (Definitions); 

 

	 	(b)	 an extension to the date of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents; 

 

	 	(c)	 a reduction in the Margin or a reduction in the amount of any payment of principal, interest, fees or
commission payable; 

  

	 	(d)	 a change in currency of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents; 

 

	 	(e)	 an increase in any Commitment, an extension of the Availability Period or any requirement that a cancellation
of Commitments reduces the Commitments of the Lenders rateably; 

  

	 	(f)	 any provision which expressly requires the consent of all the Lenders; 

 

	 	(g)	 Clause 2.2 (Finance Parties’ rights and obligations), Clause 5.1 (Delivery of a Utilisation
Request), Clause 7.1 (Illegality), Clause 7.5 (Mandatory prepayment on sale or Total Loss), Clause 20.1.25 (Sanctions), Clause 23.25 (Sanctions), Clause 25 (Changes to the Lenders), Clause 26 (Changes
to the Obligors), this Clause 37, Clause 42 (Governing Law) or Clause 43.1 (Jurisdiction of English courts); 

  

	 	(h)	 (other than as expressly permitted by the provisions of any Finance Document) the nature or scope of:

  

	 	(i)	 any Guarantee; 

  

	 	(ii)	 the Charged Property; or 

 

	 	(iii)	 the manner in which the proceeds of enforcement of the Security Documents are distributed; or

  
 Page 121 

	 	(i)	 the release of any Guarantee or of any Encumbrance created or expressed to be created or evidenced by the
Security Documents unless permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document or relating to a sale or disposal of an asset which is the subject of any Encumbrance created or expressed to be created or evidenced by the Security Documents
where such sale or disposal is expressly permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document; 

 shall not be
made, or given, without the prior consent of all the Lenders. 
  

	 	37.2.2	 An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of the Agent, the Security Agent or the
Bookrunner (each in their capacity as such) may not be effected without the consent of the Agent, the Security Agent or, as the case may be, the Bookrunner. 

  

	37.3	 Changes to reference rates 

 

	 	37.3.1	 In this Clause 37.3: 

“Published Rate” means an RFR or the Screen Rate to any Quoted Tenor. 

“Published Rate Replacement Event” means, in relation to a Published Rate: 

 

	 	(a)	 the methodology, formula or other means of determining that Published Rate has materially changed;

  

	 	(b)	 

  

	 	(i)	 

  

	 	(A)	 the administrator of that Published Rate or its supervisor publicly announces that such administrator is
insolvent; or 

  

	 	(B)	 information is published in any order, decree, notice, petition or filing, however described, of or filed with
a court, tribunal, exchange, regulatory authority or similar administrative, regulatory or judicial body which reasonably confirms that the administrator of that Published Rate is insolvent, 

provided that, in each case, at that time, there is no successor administrator to continue to provide that Published Rate: 

 

	 	(ii)	 the administrator of that Published Rate publicly announces that it has ceased or will cease, to provide that
Published Rate permanently or indefinitely and, at that time, there is no successor administrator to continue to provide that Published Rate; 

  

	 	(iii)	 the supervisor of the administrator of that Published Rate publicly announces that such Published Rate has been
or will be permanently or indefinitely discontinued; or 

  
 Page 122 

	 	(iv)	 the administrator of that Published Rate or its supervisor announces that that Published Rate may no longer be
used; or 

 (c) in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Borrowers, that Published Rate is otherwise no longer
appropriate for the purposes of calculating interest under this Agreement. 
 “Relevant Nominating Body” means any
applicable central bank, regulator or other supervisory authority or a group of them, or any working group or committee sponsored or chaired by, or constituted at the request of, any of them or the Financial Stability Board. 

“Replacement Reference Rate” means a benchmark rate which is: 

i. formally designated, nominated or recommended as the replacement for a Published Rate by: 

 

	 	(i)	 the administrator of that Published Rate (provided that the market and economic reality that such reference
rate measures is the same as that measured by that Published Rate); or 

  

	 	(ii)	 any Relevant Nominating Body, 

and if replacements have, at the relevant time, been formally designated, nominated or recommended under both (i) and (ii), the
“Replacement Reference Rate” will be the replacement under (ii); 
  

	 	ii.	 in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Borrowers, generally accepted in the international or any
relevant domestic syndicated loan markets as the appropriate successor to that Published Rate; or 

  

	 	iii.	 in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Borrowers, an appropriate successor to a Published Rate.

  

	 	37.3.2	 Subject to Clause 37.2.2 (Exceptions), if a Published Rate Replacement Event has occurred in relation to
any Published Rate for a relevant currency, any amendment or waiver which relates to: 

  

	 	(a)	 providing for the use of a Replacement Reference Rate in relation to that currency in place of that Published
Rate; and 

  

	 	(b)	 

  

	 	(i)	 aligning any provision of any Finance Document to the use of that Replacement Reference Rate;

  

	 	(ii)	 enabling that Replacement Reference Rate to be used for the calculation of interest under this Agreement
(including, without limitation, any consequential changes required to enable that Replacement Reference Rate to be used for the purposes of this Agreement); 

  
 Page 123 

	 	(iii)	 implementing market conventions applicable to that Replacement Reference Rate; 

 

	 	(iv)	 providing for appropriate fallback (and market disruption) provisions for that Replacement Reference Rate; or

  

	 	(v)	 adjusting the pricing to reduce or eliminate, to the extent reasonably practicable, any transfer of economic
value from one Party to another as a result of the application of that Replacement Reference Rate (and if any adjustment or method for calculating any adjustment has been formally designated, nominated or recommended by the Relevant Nominating Body,
the adjustment shall be determined on the basis of that designation, nomination or recommendation), 

 may be made with
the consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) and the Borrowers. 
  

	 	37.3.3	 An amendment or waiver that relates to, or has the effect of, aligning the means of calculation of interest on
a Compounded Rate Tranche under this Agreement to any recommendation of a Relevant Nominating Body which: 

  

	 	(a)	 relates to the use of a risk-free rate on a compounded basis in the international or any relevant domestic
syndicated loan markets; and 

  

	 	(b)	 is issued on or after the date of this Agreement, 

may be made with the consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) and the Borrowers. 

 

	 	37.3.4	 If any Lender fails to respond to a request for an amendment or waiver described in Clause 37.3.1 or Clause
37.3.2 within 30 days (or such longer time period in relation to any request which the Borrowers and the Agent may agree) of that request being made: 

  

	 	(a)	 its Commitment(s) shall not be included for the purpose of calculating the Total Commitments under the relevant
Tranche when ascertaining whether any relevant percentage of Total Commitments has been obtained to approve that request; and 

  

	 	(b)	 its status as a Lender shall be disregarded for the purpose of ascertaining whether the agreement of any
specified group of Lenders has been obtained to approve that request. 

  

	37.4	 Excluded Commitments 

If: 
  

	 	37.4.1	 any Defaulting Lender fails to respond to a request for a consent, waiver, amendment of or in relation to any
term of any Finance Document or any other vote of Lenders under the terms of this Agreement within ten Business Days of that request being made; or 

  
 Page 124 

	 	37.4.2	 any Lender which is not a Defaulting Lender fails to respond to such a request (other than an amendment, waiver
or consent referred to in Clauses 37.2.1(b), 37.2.1(c) and 37.2.1(e) (Exceptions)) or such a vote within ten Business Days of that request being made, 

(unless, in either case, the Borrowers and the Agent agree to a longer time period in relation to any request): 

 

	 	(a)	 its Commitment(s) shall not be included for the purpose of calculating the Total Commitments when ascertaining
whether any relevant percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of Total Commitments has been obtained to approve that request; and 

  

	 	(b)	 its status as a Lender shall be disregarded for the purpose of ascertaining whether the agreement of any
specified group of Lenders has been obtained to approve that request. 

  

	37.5	 Replacement of Lender 

 

	 	37.5.1	 If: 

  

	 	(a)	 any Lender becomes a Non-Consenting Lender (as defined in Clause
37.5.4); or 

  

	 	(b)	 a Borrower or any other Obligor becomes obliged to repay any amount in accordance with Clause 7.1
(Illegality) or to pay additional amounts pursuant to Clause 12.2 (Tax gross-up), Clause 12.3 (Tax Indemnity) or Clause 13.1 (Increased costs) to any Lender, 

then the Borrowers may, on ten Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent and such Lender, replace such Lender by requiring such
Lender to (and, to the extent permitted by law, such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 25 (Changes to the Lenders) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a Lender or other bank, financial
institution, trust, fund or other entity selected by the Borrowers (a “Replacement Lender”), which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of the transferring Lender in accordance with Clause 25
(Changes to the Lenders) for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer in an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s participation in the outstanding Loan and all accrued interest (to the extent
that the Agent has not given a notification under Clause 25.9 (Pro rata interest settlement)), Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents. 

  
 Page 125 

	 	37.5.2	 The replacement of a Lender pursuant to this Clause 37.5 shall be subject to the following conditions:

  

	 	(a)	 the Borrowers shall have no right to replace the Agent or Security Agent; 

 

	 	(b)	 neither the Agent nor the Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrowers to find a Replacement Lender;

  

	 	(c)	 in the event of a replacement of a Non-Consenting Lender such
replacement must take place no later than ten Business Days after the date on which that Lender is deemed a Non-Consenting Lender; 

 

	 	(d)	 in no event shall the Lender replaced under this Clause 37.5 be required to pay or surrender to such
Replacement Lender any of the fees received by such Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents; and 

  

	 	(e)	 the Lender shall only be obliged to transfer its rights and obligations pursuant to Clause 37.5.1 once it is
satisfied that it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to that transfer. 

 

	 	37.5.3	 A Lender shall perform the checks described in Clause 37.5.2(e) as soon as reasonably practicable following
delivery of a notice referred to in Clause 37.5.1 and shall notify the Agent and the Borrowers when it is satisfied that it has complied with those checks. 

  

	 	37.5.4	 In the event that: 

  

	 	(a)	 the Borrowers or the Agent (at the request of the Borrowers) has requested the Lenders to give a consent in
relation to, or to agree to a waiver or amendment of, any provisions of the Finance Documents; 

  

	 	(b)	 the consent, waiver or amendment in question requires the approval of all the Lenders; and

  

	 	(c)	 Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than 662/3% of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated more than 662/3% of the Total Commitments prior to that reduction) have consented or agreed to such waiver or amendment, 

then any Lender who does not and continues not to consent or agree to such waiver or amendment shall be deemed a “Non-Consenting Lender”. 
  

	37.6	 Disenfranchisement of Defaulting Lenders 

 

	 	37.6.1	 For so long as a Defaulting Lender has any Commitment, in ascertaining: 

 

	 	(a)	 the Majority Lenders; or 

 

	 	(b)	 whether: 

  
 Page 126 

	 	(i)	 any given percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of the Total Commitments; or

  

	 	(ii)	 the agreement of any specified group of Lenders, 

has been obtained to approve any request for a consent, waiver, amendment or other vote of Lenders under the Finance Documents, that
Defaulting Lender’s Commitment will be reduced by the amount of its participation in the Loan it has failed to make available and, to the extent that that reduction results in that Defaulting Lender’s Commitment being zero, that Defaulting
Lender shall be deemed not to be a Lender for the purposes of (i) and (ii). 
  

	 	37.6.2	 For the purposes of this Clause 37.6, the Agent may assume that the following Lenders are Defaulting Lenders:

  

	 	(a)	 any Lender which has notified the Agent that it has become a Defaulting Lender; 

 

	 	(b)	 any Lender in relation to which it is aware that any of the events or circumstances referred to in (a), (b) or
(c) of the definition of “Defaulting Lender” has occurred, 

 unless it has received notice to the contrary
from the Lender concerned (together with any supporting evidence reasonably requested by the Agent) or the Agent is otherwise aware that the Lender has ceased to be a Defaulting Lender. 

 

	37.7	 Replacement of a Defaulting Lender 

 

	 	37.7.1	 The Borrowers may, at any time a Lender has become and continues to be a Defaulting Lender, by giving ten
Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent and such Lender, replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to (and, to the extent permitted by law, such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 25 (Changes to the Lenders) all (and
not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a Lender or other bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity selected by the Borrowers (a “Replacement Lender”) which confirms its willingness to
assume and does assume all the obligations, or all the relevant obligations, of the transferring Lender in accordance with Clause 25 (Changes to the Lenders) for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer which is either:

  

	 	(a)	 in an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s participation in the outstanding
Loan and all accrued interest (to the extent that the Agent has not given a notification under Clause 25.9 (Pro rata interest settlement), Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents; or

  

	 	(b)	 in an amount agreed between that Defaulting Lender, the Replacement Lender and the Borrowers and which does not
exceed the amount described in (a). 

  
 Page 127 

	 	37.7.2	 Any transfer of rights and obligations of a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this Clause 37.7 shall be subject to
the following conditions: 

  

	 	(a)	 the Borrowers shall have no right to replace the Agent or Security Agent; 

 

	 	(b)	 neither the Agent nor the Defaulting Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrowers to find a Replacement
Lender; 

  

	 	(c)	 the transfer must take place no later than ten Business Days after the notice referred to in Clause 37.7.1;

  

	 	(d)	 in no event shall the Defaulting Lender be required to pay or surrender to the Replacement Lender any of the
fees received by the Defaulting Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents; and 

  

	 	(e)	 the Defaulting Lender shall only be obliged to transfer its rights and obligations pursuant to 37.7.1 once it
is satisfied that it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to that transfer to the Replacement Lender. 

 

	 	37.7.3	 The Defaulting Lender shall perform the checks described in Clause 37.7.2(e) as soon as reasonably practicable
following delivery of a notice referred to in Clause 37.7.1 and shall notify the Agent and the Borrowers when it is satisfied that it has complied with those checks. 

 

	38	 Confidentiality 

 

	38.1	 Confidential Information Each Finance Party agrees to keep all Confidential Information confidential and
not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by Clause 38.2 (Disclosure of Confidential Information), Clause 38.3 (Disclosure to numbering service providers) and Clause 38.7 (Agent’s publication), and to
ensure that all Confidential Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to its own confidential information. 

  

	38.2	 Disclosure of Confidential Information Any Finance Party may disclose: 

 

	 	38.2.1	 to any of its Affiliates and Related Funds and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional
advisers, insurers, auditors, partners and Representatives such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if any person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this Clause 38.2.1 is informed in
writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to
maintain the confidentiality of the information or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information; 

  
 Page 128 

	 	38.2.2	 to any person: 

  

	 	(a)	 to (or through) whom it assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights
and/or obligations under one or more Finance Documents or which succeeds (or which may potentially succeed) it as Agent or Security Agent and, in each case, to any of that person’s Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional
advisers; 

  

	 	(b)	 with (or through) whom it enters into (or may potentially enter into), whether directly or indirectly, any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to, one or more Finance Documents and/or one or more Obligors and to any of that
person’s Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers; 

  

	 	(c)	 appointed by any Finance Party or by a person to whom Clause 38.2.2(a) or 38.2.2(b) applies to receive
communications, notices, information or documents delivered pursuant to the Finance Documents on its behalf (including, without limitation, any person appointed under Clause 27.16.2 (Relationship with the Lenders)); 

 

	 	(d)	 who invests in or otherwise finances (or may potentially invest in or otherwise finance), directly or
indirectly, any transaction referred to in Clause 38.2.2(a) or 38.2.2(b); 

  

	 	(e)	 to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any
governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation; 

 

	 	(f)	 to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation,
arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes; 

  

	 	(g)	 to whom or for whose benefit that Finance Party charges, assigns or otherwise creates Security (or may do so)
pursuant to Clause 25.8 (Security over Lenders’ rights); 

  

	 	(h)	 who is a Party; or 

  

	 	(i)	 with the consent of the Borrowers; 

in each case, such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if: 

 

	 	(i)	 in relation to Clauses 38.2.2(a), 38.2.2(b) and 38.2.2(c), the person to whom the Confidential Information is
to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking except that there shall be no requirement for a Confidentiality Undertaking if the recipient is a professional adviser and is subject to professional obligations to maintain the
confidentiality of the Confidential Information; 

  
 Page 129 

	 	(ii)	 in relation to Clause 38.2.2(d), the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered
into a Confidentiality Undertaking or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information they receive and is informed that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive
information; 

  

	 	(iii)	 in relation to Clauses 38.2.2(e), 38.2.2(f) and 38.2.2(g), the person to whom the Confidential Information is
to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of that Finance Party, it is not
practicable so to do in the circumstances; 

  

	 	38.2.3	 to any person appointed by that Finance Party or by a person to whom Clause 38.2.2(a) or 38.2.2(b) applies to
provide administration or settlement services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents including without limitation, in relation to the trading of participations in respect of the Finance Documents, such Confidential Information as may be
required to be disclosed to enable such service provider to provide any of the services referred to in this Clause 38.2.3 if the service provider to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking; and

  

	 	38.2.4	 to any rating agency (including its professional advisers) such Confidential Information as may be required to
be disclosed to enable such rating agency to carry out its normal rating activities in relation to the Finance Documents and/or the Obligors if the rating agency to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential
nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information. 

  

	38.3	 Disclosure to numbering service providers 

 

	 	38.3.1	 Any Finance Party may disclose to any national or international numbering service provider appointed by that
Finance Party to provide identification numbering services in respect of this Agreement, the Loan and/or one or more Obligors the following information: 

  

	 	(a)	 names of Obligors; 

  

	 	(b)	 country of domicile of Obligors; 

 

	 	(c)	 place of incorporation of Obligors; 

 

	 	(d)	 date of this Agreement; 

 

	 	(e)	 Clause 42 (Governing law); 

  
 Page 130 

	 	(f)	 the names of the Agent and the Bookrunner; 

 

	 	(g)	 date of each amendment and restatement of this Agreement; 

 

	 	(h)	 amount of Total Commitments; 

 

	 	(i)	 currencies of the Loan; 

 

	 	(j)	 type of Loan; 

  

	 	(k)	 ranking of the Loan; 

 

	 	(l)	 Termination Date; 

  

	 	(m)	 changes to any of the information previously supplied pursuant to (a) to (l); and 

 

	 	(n)	 such other information agreed between such Finance Party and that Obligor, 

to enable such numbering service provider to provide its usual syndicated loan numbering identification services. 

 

	 	38.3.2	 The Parties acknowledge and agree that each identification number assigned to this Agreement, the Loan and/or
one or more Obligors by a numbering service provider and the information associated with each such number may be disclosed to users of its services in accordance with the standard terms and conditions of that numbering service provider.

  

	 	38.3.3	 Each Borrower represents that none of the information set out in Clauses 38.3.1(a) to 38.3.1(n) is, nor will at
any time be, unpublished price-sensitive information. 

  

	 	38.3.4	 The Agent shall notify the Borrowers and the other Finance Parties of: 

 

	 	(a)	 the name of any numbering service provider appointed by the Agent in respect of this Agreement, the Loan and/or
one or more Obligors; and 

  

	 	(b)	 the number or, as the case may be, numbers assigned to this Agreement, the Loan and/or one or more Obligors by
such numbering service provider. 

  

	38.4	 Entire agreement This Clause 38 constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties in relation to the
obligations of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents regarding Confidential Information and supersedes any previous agreement, whether express or implied, regarding Confidential Information. 

 

	38.5	 Inside information Each of the Finance Parties acknowledges that some or all of the Confidential
Information is or may be price-sensitive information and that the use of such information may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and each of the Finance Parties
undertakes not to use any Confidential Information for any unlawful purpose. 

  
 Page 131 

	38.6	 Notification of disclosure Each of the Finance Parties agrees (to the extent permitted by law and
regulation) to inform the Borrowers: 

  

	 	38.6.1	 of the circumstances of any disclosure of Confidential Information made pursuant to Clause 38.2.2(e)
(Disclosure of Confidential Information) except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that Clause during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and 

 

	 	38.6.2	 upon becoming aware that Confidential Information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 38.

  

	38.7	 Agent’s publication The Agent shall have the right, at its own expense, to publish information
about its participation in and the agency and arrangement of this Loan and for such purpose may use the logo and trademark of each Borrower and the Guarantor in connection with such publication. 

 

	38.8	 Continuing obligations The obligations in this Clause 38 are continuing and, in particular, shall
survive and remain binding on each Finance Party for a period of 12 months from the earlier of: 

  

	 	38.8.1	 the date on which all amounts payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have
been paid in full and all Commitments have been cancelled or otherwise cease to be available; and 

  

	 	38.8.2	 the date on which such Finance Party otherwise ceases to be a Finance Party. 

 

	39	 Disclosure of Lender Details by Agent 

 

	39.1	 Supply of Lender details to Borrowers The Agent shall provide to the Borrowers within seven Business
Days of a request by the Borrowers (but no more frequently than once per calendar month) a list (which may be in electronic form) setting out the names of the Lenders as at the date of that request, their respective Commitments, the address and fax
number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention any communication is to be made) of each Lender for any communication to be made or document to be delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents, the electronic mail
address and/or any other information required to enable the transmission of information by electronic mail or other electronic means to and by each Lender to whom any communication under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by
that means and the account details of each Lender for any payment to be distributed by the Agent to that Lender under the Finance Documents. 

  

	39.2	 Supply of Lender details at Borrowers’ direction 

 

	 	39.2.1	 The Agent shall, at the request of the Borrowers, disclose the identity of the Lenders and the details of the
Lenders’ Commitments to any: 

  

	 	(a)	 other Party or any other person if that disclosure is made to facilitate, in each case, a refinancing of the
Financial Indebtedness arising under the Finance Documents or a material waiver or amendment of any term of any Finance Document; and 

  
 Page 132 

	 	(b)	 Obligor. 

  

	 	39.2.2	 Subject to Clause 39.2.3, the Borrowers shall procure that the recipient of information disclosed pursuant to
Clause 39.2.1 shall keep such information confidential and shall not disclose it to anyone and shall ensure that all such information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to the recipient’s own confidential
information. 

  

	 	39.2.3	 The recipient may disclose such information to any of its officers, directors, employees, professional
advisers, auditors and partners as it shall consider appropriate if any such person is informed in writing of its confidential nature, except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if that person is subject to professional obligations
to maintain the confidentiality of the information or is otherwise bound by duties of confidentiality in relation to the information. 

  

	39.3	 Supply of Lender details to other Lenders 

 

	 	39.3.1	 If a Lender (a “Disclosing Lender”) indicates to the Agent that the Agent may do so, the Agent
shall disclose that Lender’s name and Commitment to any other Lender that is, or becomes, a Disclosing Lender. 

  

	 	39.3.2	 The Agent shall, if so directed by the Requisite Lenders, request each Lender to indicate to it whether it is a
Disclosing Lender. 

  

	39.4	 Lender enquiry If any Lender believes that any entity is, or may be, a Lender and:

  

	 	39.4.1	 that entity ceases to have an Investment Grade Rating; or 

 

	 	39.4.2	 an Insolvency Event occurs in relation to that entity, 

the Agent shall, at the request of that Lender, indicate to that Lender the extent to which that entity has a Commitment. 

 

	39.5	 Lender details definitions In this Clause 39: 

“Investment Grade Rating” means, in relation to an entity, a rating for its long-term unsecured and non-credit-enhanced debt obligations of BBB- or higher by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services or Fitch Ratings Ltd or Baa3 or higher by Moody’s Investors
Service Limited or a comparable rating from an internationally recognised credit rating agency. 
 “Requisite Lenders” means
a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate 15% (or more) of the Total Commitments (or if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated 15% (or more) of the Total Commitments immediately prior to that reduction). 

 

	40	 Counterparts 

Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were
on a single copy of the Finance Document. 

  
 Page 133 

	41	 Joint and Several Liability 

 

	41.1	 Nature of liability The representations, warranties, covenants, obligations and undertakings of
the Borrowers contained in this Agreement shall be joint and several so that each Borrower shall be jointly and severally liable with all the Borrowers for all of the same and such liability shall not in any way be discharged, impaired or otherwise
affected by: 

  

	 	41.1.1	 any forbearance (whether as to payment or otherwise) or any time or other indulgence granted to any other
Borrower or any other Obligor under or in connection with any Finance Document; 

  

	 	41.1.2	 any amendment, variation, novation or replacement of any other Finance Document; 

 

	 	41.1.3	 any failure of any Finance Document to be legal valid binding and enforceable in relation to any other Borrower
or any other Obligor for any reason; 

  

	 	41.1.4	 the winding-up or dissolution of any other Borrower or any other
Obligor; 

  

	 	41.1.5	 the release (whether in whole or in part) of, or the entering into of any compromise or composition with, any
other Borrower or any other Obligor; or 

  

	 	41.1.6	 any other act, omission, thing or circumstance which would or might, but for this provision, operate to
discharge, impair or otherwise affect such liability. 

  

	41.2	 No rights as surety Until the Indebtedness has been unconditionally and irrevocably paid and
discharged in full, each Borrower agrees that it shall not, by virtue of any payment made under this Agreement on account of the Indebtedness or by virtue of any enforcement by a Finance Party of its rights under this Agreement or by virtue of any
relationship between, or transaction involving, the relevant Borrower and any other Borrower or any other Obligor: 

  

	 	41.2.1	 exercise any rights of subrogation in relation to any rights, security or moneys held or received or receivable
by a Finance Party or any other person; or 

  

	 	41.2.2	 exercise any right of contribution from any other Borrower or any other Obligor under any Finance Document; or

  

	 	41.2.3	 exercise any right of set-off or counterclaim against any other
Borrower or any other Obligor; or 

  

	 	41.2.4	 receive, claim or have the benefit of any payment, distribution, security or indemnity from any other Borrower
or any other Obligor; or 

  

	 	41.2.5	 unless so directed by the Agent (when the relevant Borrower will prove in accordance with such directions),
claim as a creditor of any other Borrower or any other Obligor in competition with any Finance Party 

 and each Borrower
shall hold in trust for the Finance Parties and forthwith pay or transfer (as appropriate) to the Agent any such payment (including an amount equal to any such set-off), distribution or benefit of such
security, indemnity or claim in fact received by it. 

  
 Page 134 

 Section 12 Governing Law and Enforcement 

 

	42	 Governing Law 

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed
by English law. 
  

	43	 Enforcement 

  

	43.1	 Jurisdiction of English courts 

 

	 	43.1.1	 The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with
this Agreement (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Agreement) (a
“Dispute”). Each Party agrees that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Party will argue to the contrary. 

 

	 	43.1.2	 Notwithstanding Clause 43.1.1, no Finance Party shall be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a
Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, any Finance Party may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions. 

 

	43.2	 Service of process 

 

	 	43.2.1	 Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, each Borrower and the Guarantor:

  

	 	(a)	 irrevocably appoints Saville Notaries LLP currently with its registered office at 11 Old Jewry, London, EC2R
8DU as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with any Finance Document; and 

  

	 	(b)	 agrees that failure by a process agent to notify that Borrower or the Guarantor (as the case may be) of the
process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned. 

  

	 	43.2.2	 If any person appointed as an agent for service of process is unable for any reason to act as agent for service
of process or terminates its appointment as agent for service of process, the relevant Borrower or the Guarantor (as the case may be) must immediately (and in any event within five days of such event taking place) appoint another agent on terms
acceptable to the Agent. Failing this, the Agent may appoint another agent for this purpose. 

 This Agreement has been entered into on
the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement. 

  
 Page 135 

 Schedule 1 

The Parties 
 Part I 

The Original Lenders 
  

					
	 Name of Original Lender
	  	Commitment	 
	 DNB (UK) Limited
	  	$	28,000,000	 

 Part II 
 The other
Finance Parties 
  

	
	 The Agent
  

Address:8th Floor, The Walbrook Building, 25 Walbrook, London,
EC4N 8AF, the United Kingdom
  
 Fax no.: +44 207 283 6931

Department/Officer: CMOA
 Email:
cmoalondon@dnb.no

	
	 The Security Agent
  

Address: 8th Floor, The Walbrook Building, 25 Walbrook, London, EC4N 8AF, the United Kingdom

 
 Fax no.: +44 207 283 6931

Department/Officer: CMOA
 Email:
cmoalondon@dnb.no

	
	 The Bookrunner
  

Address: 8th Floor, The Walbrook Building, 25 Walbrook, London, EC4N 8AF, the United Kingdom

 
 Fax no.: +44 207 283 6931

Department/Officer: CMOA
 Email:
cmoalondon@dnb.no

	
	 The Swap Provider
  

Address:8th Floor, The Walbrook Building, 25 Walbrook, London, EC4N 8AF, the United Kingdom

 
 Fax no.: +44 207 283 6931

Department/Officer: CMOA
 Email:
cmoalondon@dnb.no

  
 Page 136 

 Part III 

The Obligors 
  

	
	 The Borrower
  

Address: c/o Stealth Maritime Corp. S.A., 331, Kifissias Avenue, Kifissia 14561, Greece

 
 Fax no.: +30 21 062 52 817

Department/Officer: Legal Department
 Email:
legal@stealth.gr

	
	 The Guarantor
  

Address: c/o Stealth Maritime Corp. S.A., 331, Kifissias Avenue, Kifissia 14561, Greece

 
 Fax no.: +30 21 062 52 817

Department/Officer: Legal Department
 Email:
legal@stealth.gr

  
 Page 137 

 Schedule 2 

Part I 
 Conditions Precedent 

 

	1	 Obligors 

  

	 	(a)	 Constitutional documents Copies of the constitutional documents of each Obligor and the Charterer
together with such other evidence as the Agent may reasonably require that each Obligor and the Charterer is duly incorporated in its country of incorporation and remains in existence with power to enter into, and perform its obligations under, the
Relevant Documents to which it is or is to become a party. 

  

	 	(b)	 Certificates of good standing A certificate of good standing in respect of each Obligor and the
Charterer (if such a certificate can be obtained). 

  

	 	(c)	 Board resolutions A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of each Obligor and the Charterer:

  

	 	(i)	 approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Relevant Documents to which it is a party and
resolving that it execute those Relevant Documents; and 

  

	 	(ii)	 authorising a specified person or persons to execute those Relevant Documents (and all documents and notices to
be signed and/or dispatched under those documents) on its behalf. 

  

	 	(d)	 Specimen signatures A specimen of the signature of each person actually executing any of the Relevant
Documents pursuant to the resolutions referred to in (c). 

  

	 	(e)	 Shareholder resolutions A copy of a resolution signed by all the holders of the issued shares in each
Obligor and the Charterer, approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Relevant Documents to which that Obligor or the Charterer is a party. 

 

	 	(f)	 Officer’s certificates An original certificate of a duly authorised officer of each Obligor and the
Charterer: 

  

	 	(i)	 certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Part I of Schedule 2 is correct, complete
and in full force and effect; 

  

	 	(ii)	 setting out the names of the directors, officers and shareholders of that Obligor and the Charterer and the
proportion of shares held by each shareholder; 

  

	 	(iii)	 confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing or securing, as appropriate, the Loan would not cause any borrowing,
guarantee, security or similar limit binding on that Obligor and the Charterer to be exceeded; and 

  
 Page 138 

	 	(iv)	 confirming that there is no dispute under any of the Relevant Documents as between the parties to any such
document. 

  

	 	(g)	 Powers of attorney The original notarially attested and legalised power of attorney of each of the
Obligors and the Charterer under which the Relevant Documents to which it is or is to become a party are to be executed or transactions undertaken by that Obligor and the Charterer. 

 

	2	 Security and related documents 

 

	 	(a)	 Vessel documents Photocopies, certified as true, accurate and complete by a director, the secretary or
the legal advisers of the Borrower, of: 

  

	 	(i)	 the Management Agreements; 

 

	 	(ii)	 the Charter; 

  

	 	(iii)	 the Vessel’s current Safety Construction, Safety Equipment, Safety Radio and Load Line Certificates;

  

	 	(iv)	 if applicable, evidence of the Vessel’s current Certificate of Financial Responsibility issued pursuant to
the United States Oil Pollution Act 1990; 

  

	 	(v)	 the Vessel’s current SMC; 

 

	 	(vi)	 the ISM Company’s current DOC; 

 

	 	(vii)	 the Vessel’s current ISSC; 

 

	 	(viii)	 the Vessel’s current IAPPC; 

 

	 	(ix)	 the Vessel’s current Tonnage Certificate; and 

 

	 	(x)	 if available, the Vessel’s Inventory of Hazardous Materials, 

in each case together with all addenda, amendments or supplements. 
  

	 	(b)	 Evidence of Borrower’s title On the Utilisation Date, a certificate of ownership and encumbrance
(or equivalent) issued by the Registrar of Ships (or equivalent official) of the relevant flag confirming that (a) the Vessel is permanently registered under that flag in the ownership of the Borrower, (b) the Mortgage has been registered
with first priority against the Vessel and (c) there are no further Encumbrances registered against the Vessel. 

  

	 	(c)	 Evidence of insurance Evidence that the Vessel is insured in the manner required by the Security
Documents and that letters of undertaking will be issued in the manner required by the Security Documents, together with (if required by the Agent) the written approval of the Insurances by an insurance adviser appointed by the Agent.

  
 Page 139 

	 	(d)	 Confirmation of class A Certificate of Confirmation of Class for hull and machinery confirming that
the Vessel is classed with the highest class applicable to vessels of her type with Lloyd’s Register or such other classification society as may be acceptable to the Agent free of overdue recommendations affecting class, which is valid on the
Utilisation Date. 

  

	 	(e)	 Valuation Two (or three, if applicable) Valuations of the Vessel addressed to the Agent from a broker
acceptable to the Agent for the purposes of determining the Market Value of the Vessel, acceptable to the Agent. 

  

	 	(f)	 Security Documents The Security Documents, together with all other documents required by any of them,
including, without limitation, (i) all notices of assignment and/or charge and evidence that those notices will be duly acknowledged by the recipients and (ii) (pursuant to the Shares Securities) all share certificates, certified copy share
registers or registers of members, transfer forms, proxy forms, letters of resignation and letters of undertaking. 

  

	 	(g)	 Mandates Such duly signed forms of mandate, and/or other evidence of the opening of the Accounts, as the
Security Agent may require.  

  

	 	(h)	 Earnings Account The credit of a minimum cash balance of $500,000 to each Earnings Account.

  

	 	(i)	 Master Agreement The Master Agreements. 

 

	 	(j)	 Other Relevant Documents Copies of each of the Relevant Documents not otherwise comprised in the
documents listed in this Part I of Schedule 2. 

  

	 	(k)	 Approved Family Members Side Letter The Approved Family Members Side Letter. 

 

	3	 Legal opinions 

The following legal opinions, each addressed to the Agent, or confirmation satisfactory to the Agent that such opinions will be given: 

 

	 	(a)	 a legal opinion of Stephenson Harwood LLP, legal advisers to the Agent as to English law substantially in the
form distributed to the Lenders prior to signing this Agreement; 

  

	 	(b)	 a legal opinion of Hill Dickinson International, legal advisers to the Agent as to Marshall Islands law and
Liberian law; and 

  

	 	(c)	 a legal opinion of Patton, Moreno & Asvat, legal advisors to the Agent as to Panamanian law.

  

	4	 Other documents and evidence 

 

	 	(a)	 Utilisation Request A duly completed Utilisation Request. 

 

	 	(b)	 Process agent Evidence that any process agent referred to in Clause 43.2 (Service of process) and
any process agent appointed under any other Finance Document has accepted its appointment. 

  
 Page 140 

	 	(c)	 Other Authorisations A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the
Agent considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the Borrowers accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any Relevant Document or for the validity and enforceability of any
Relevant Document. 

  

	 	(d)	 Financial statements A copy of each of the Original Financial Statements. 

 

	 	(e)	 Fees The Fee Letter and evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrowers under
Clause 11 (Fees) and Clause 16 (Costs and Expenses) have been paid or will be paid by the Utilisation Date. 

  

	 	(f)	 “Know your customer” documents Such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably
requested by the Agent in order for the Lenders to comply with all necessary “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in relation to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents. 

 

	 	(g)	 Restructuring Such documentation or other evidence, opinion or assurance which the Agent considers to be
necessary or desirable (if it has notified the Borrowers accordingly) in connection with the Restructuring. 

  
 Page 141 

 Part II 

Conditions Subsequent 
  

	1	 Letters of undertaking Within ten Business Days from the Utilisation Date, letters of undertaking in
respect of the Insurances as required by the Security Documents together with copies of the relevant policies or cover notes or entry certificates duly endorsed with the interest of the Finance Parties. 

 

	2	 Acknowledgements of notices Within three Business Days from the Utilisation Date, acknowledgements of
all notices of assignment and/or charge given pursuant to the Security Documents. 

  

	3	 Legal opinions Within three Business Days from the Utilisation Date, such of the legal opinions
specified in Part I of this Schedule 2 as have not already been provided to the Agent. 

  

	4	 “Know your customer” documents Within five Business Days from the Utilisation Date, any
further documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent, and which has not been delivered to the Agent pursuant to paragraph 4(f) of Part I of this Schedule 2, in order for the Lenders to comply with all necessary “know
your customer” or similar identification procedures in relation to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents. 

  

	5	 ESR Regulations Each of the Obligors (if and when applicable) shall submit to the Agent
documentary evidence that such Obligor has complied in all respects and remains in compliance with the ESR Regulations. 

  

	6	 Restructuring Within 30 days, any documentation or other evidence, opinion or assurance which the Agent
considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the Borrowers accordingly) in connection with the Restructuring. 

  
 Page 142 

 Schedule 3 

Utilisation Request 
  

	From:	 Tankpunk Inc. 

	 	 MR Roi Inc. 

	 	 Clean Power Inc. 

	 	 King of Hearts Inc. 

  

	To:	 DNB Bank ASA 

Dated: [             ] 2021 

Dear Sirs 
 Tankpunk Inc., MR Roi Inc., Clean Power Inc. and
King of Hearts Inc. – $28,000,000 Loan Agreement dated _________ 2021 (the “Agreement”) 
  

	1	 We refer to the Agreement. This is a Utilisation Request. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning
in this Utilisation Request unless given a different meaning in this Utilisation Request. 

  

	2	 We wish to make a Utilisation on the following terms: 

 

			
	Proposed Utilisation Date:	  	[                     ] (or, if that is not a Business Day, the next Business Day)
		
	Currency of Utilisation:	  	USD
		
	Amount:	  	[                     ]
		
	Interest Period:	  	[3][6] months
		
	Vessel:	  	Vessel [A][B][C][D]

  

	3	 We confirm that each condition specified in Clause 4.2 (Further conditions precedent) is satisfied on
the date of this Utilisation Request. 

  

	4	 The proceeds of the Utilisation should be paid to the following account: 

[account details]. 
  

	5	 This Utilisation Request is irrevocable. 

 

	
	Yours faithfully
	  

	 authorised signatory for
  

Tankpunk Inc.

  
 Page 143 

	
	  

	 authorised signatory for
  

MR Roi Inc.

	  

	 authorised signatory for
  

Clean Power Inc.

	  

	 authorised signatory for
  

King of Hearts Inc.

  
 Page 144 

 Schedule 4 

Form of Transfer Certificate 
  

	To:	 DNB Bank ASA (as Agent) 

 

	From:	 [The Existing Lender] (the “Existing Lender”) and [The New Lender] (the
“New Lender”) 

 Dated: 

Tankpunk Inc., MR Roi Inc., Clean Power Inc. and King of Hearts Inc. – $28,000,000 Loan Agreement dated ______________ 2021 (the “Loan
Agreement”) 
  

	1	 We refer to the Loan Agreement. This agreement (the “Agreement”) shall take effect as a
Transfer Certificate for the purposes of the Loan Agreement. Terms defined in the Loan Agreement have the same meaning in this Agreement unless given a different meaning in this Agreement. 

 

	2	 We refer to Clause 25.5 (Procedure for transfer) of the Loan Agreement: 

 

	 	(a)	 The Existing Lender and the New Lender agree to the Existing Lender transferring to the New Lender by novation
and in accordance with Clause 25.5 (Procedure for transfer) all of the Existing Lender’s rights and obligations under the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents which relate to that portion of the Existing Lender’s
Commitment(s) and participations in the Loan under the Loan Agreement as specified in the Schedule. 

  

	 	(b)	 The proposed Transfer Date is
[                                        ].

  

	 	(c)	 The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the
purposes of Clause 33.2 (Addresses) of the Loan Agreement are set out in the Schedule. 

  

	3	 The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender’s obligations set out in
Clause 25.4.1(c) (Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders) of the Loan Agreement. 

  

	4	 The New Lender confirms, for the benefit of the Agent and without liability to any Obligor, that it is:

  

	 	(a)	 [a Qualifying Lender other than a Treaty Lender;] 

 

	 	(b)	 [a Treaty Lender;] 

  

	 	(c)	 [not a Qualifying Lender].i 

 

	[5]	 [The New Lender confirms that the person beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of
an advance under a Finance Document is either: 

  

	i 	 Delete as applicable – each New Lender is required to confirm which of these three categories it falls
within. 

  
 Page 145 

	 	(a)	 a company resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes; 

 

	 	(b)	 a partnership each member of which is: 

 

	 	(i)	 a company so resident in the United Kingdom; or 

 

	 	(ii)	 a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a
permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of
the CTA; or 

  

	 	(c)	 a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a
permanent establishment and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that
company.]ii 

  

	[5]	 [The New Lender confirms that it holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme (reference number [
                    ]) and is tax resident in
[                     ]iii, so that interest payable to it by borrowers is generally subject to
full exemption from UK withholding tax, and requests that the Agent notify the Borrowers that it wishes that scheme to apply to the Agreement.]iv 

 

	[6]	 This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures
on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Agreement. 

  

	[7]	 This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in
connection with it are governed by English law. 

  

	[8]	 This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

  

	Note:	 The execution of this Transfer Certificate may not transfer a proportionate share of the Existing
Lender’s interest in any Encumbrance created or expressed to be created or evidenced by the Security Documents in all jurisdictions. It is the responsibility of the New Lender to ascertain whether any other documents or other formalities are
required to perfect a transfer of such a share in any jurisdiction and, if so, to arrange for execution of those documents and completion of those formalities. 

 

	ii 	 Include if New Lender comes within (b) of the definition of Qualifying Lender in Clause 12.1
(Definitions). 

	iii 	 Insert jurisdiction of tax residence. 

	iv 	 Include if New Lender holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme and wishes that scheme to apply
to the Agreement. 

  
 Page 146 

 The Schedule 

Commitment/rights and obligations to be transferred 

[insert relevant details] 
 [Facility Office address,
fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments,] 
  

			
	[Existing Lender]	  	[New Lender]
		
	By:	  	By:

 This Agreement is accepted as a Transfer Certificate for the purposes of the Loan Agreement by the Agent and the Transfer Date
is confirmed as
[                                         ]. 

DNB Bank ASA (as Agent) 
 By: 

  
 Page 147 

 Schedule 5 

Form of Assignment Agreement 
  

	To:	 DNB Bank ASA as Agent and Tankpunk Inc., MR Roi Inc., Clean Power Inc. and King of Hearts Inc. as
Borrowers, for and on behalf of each Obligor 

  

	From:	 [the Existing Lender] (the “Existing Lender”) and [the New Lender] (the
“New Lender”) 

 Dated: 

Tankpunk Inc., MR Roi Inc., Clean Power Inc. and King of Hearts Inc. – $28,000,000 Loan Agreement dated ______________ 2021 (the “Loan
Agreement”) 
  

	1	 We refer to the Loan Agreement. This is an Assignment Agreement. This agreement (the
“Agreement”) shall take effect as an Assignment Agreement for the purpose of the Loan Agreement. Terms defined in the Loan Agreement have the same meaning in this Agreement unless given a different meaning in this Agreement.

  

	2	 We refer to Clause 25.6 (Procedure for assignment) of the Loan Agreement: 

 

	 	(a)	 The Existing Lender assigns absolutely to the New Lender all the rights of the Existing Lender under the Loan
Agreement, the other Finance Documents and in respect of any Encumbrance created or expressed to be created or evidenced by the Security Documents which correspond to that portion of the Existing Lender’s Commitment(s) and participations in the
Loan under the Loan Agreement as specified in the Schedule. 

  

	 	(b)	 The Existing Lender is released from all the obligations of the Existing Lender which correspond to that
portion of the Existing Lender’s Commitment(s) and participations in the Loan under the Loan Agreement specified in the Schedule. 

  

	 	(c)	 The New Lender becomes a Party as a Lender and is bound by obligations equivalent to those from which the
Existing Lender is released under paragraph (b).v 

  

	3	 The proposed Transfer Date is [         ]. 

 

	4	 On the Transfer Date the New Lender becomes Party to the relevant Finance Documents as a Lender.

  

	5	 The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the
purposes of Clause 33.2 (Addresses) of the Loan Agreement are set out in the Schedule. 

  

	v 	 If the Assignment Agreement is used in place of a Transfer Certificate in order to avoid a novation of
rights/obligations for reasons relevant to a civil jurisdiction, local law advice should be sought to check the suitability of the Assignment Agreement due to the assumption of obligations contained in paragraph 2(c). This issue should be addressed
at Primary documentation stage. This footnote is not intended to be included in the scheduled form of Assignment Agreement in the signed Loan Agreement. 

  
 Page 148 

	6	 The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender’s obligations set out in
Clause 25.4.3 (Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders) of the Loan Agreement. 

  

	7	 The New Lender confirms, for the benefit of the Agent and without liability to any Obligor, that it is:

  

	 	(a)	 [a Qualifying Lender (other than a Treaty Lender);] 

 

	 	(b)	 [a Treaty Lender;] 

  

	 	(c)	 [not a Qualifying Lender]. vi 

  

	8	 [The New Lender confirms that the person beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of
an advance under a Finance Document is either: 

  

	 	(a)	 a company resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes; 

 

	 	(b)	 a partnership each member of which is: 

 

	 	(i)	 a company so resident in the United Kingdom; or 

 

	 	(ii)	 a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a
permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of
the CTA; or 

  

	 	(c)	 a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a
permanent establishment and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that
company.]vii 

  

	9	 [The New Lender confirms that it holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme (reference number [
]) and is tax resident in [ ]*, so that interest payable to it by borrowers is generally subject to full exemption from UK withholding tax and hereby notifies the Borrowers that it wishes that
scheme to apply to the Loan Agreement.]** 

  

	10	 This Agreement acts as notice to the Agent (on behalf of each Finance Party) and, upon delivery in accordance
with Clause 25.7 (Copy of Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement to Borrowers), to the Borrowers (on behalf of each Obligor) of the assignment referred to in this Agreement. 

 

	vi 	 Delete as applicable—each New Lender is required to confirm which of these three categories it falls
within. 

	vii 	 Include only if New Lender is a UK Non-Bank Lender i.e. falls within
(b) of the definition of Qualifying Lender in Clause 12.1 (Definitions). 

	* 	 Insert jurisdiction of tax residence. 

	* 	 Include if the New Lender holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme and wishes that scheme to
apply to the Loan Agreement. 

  
 Page 149 

	11	 This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures
on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Agreement. 

  

	12	 This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in
connection with it are governed by English law. 

  

	13	 This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

  

	Note:	 The execution of this Assignment Agreement may not transfer a proportionate share of the Existing
Lender’s interest in any Encumbrance created or expressed to be created or evidenced by the Security Documents in all jurisdictions. It is the responsibility of the New Lender to ascertain whether any other documents or other formalities are
required to perfect a transfer of such a share in any jurisdiction and, if so, to arrange for execution of those documents and completion of those formalities. 

  
 Page 150 

 The Schedule 

Commitment/rights and obligations to be transferred by assignment, release and accession 

[insert relevant details] 
 [Facility office address,
fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments] 
  

			
	[Existing Lender]	  	[New Lender]
		
	By:	  	By:

 This Agreement is accepted as an Assignment Agreement for the purposes of the Loan Agreement by the Agent and the Transfer
Date is confirmed as [ ]. 
 Signature of this Agreement by the Agent constitutes confirmation by the Agent of receipt of notice of the assignment referred
to in this Agreement, which notice the Agent receives on behalf of each Finance Party. 
 DNB Bank ASA (as Agent) 

By: 

  
 Page 151 

 Schedule 6 

Compounded Rate Terms 
  

			
	Currency:	  	Dollars.
		
	Cost of funds as a fallback:	  	Cost of funds will not apply as a fallback in the ordinary course.
		
	Definitions	  	
		
	Additional Business Days:	  	An RFR Banking Day.
		
	Backstop Rate Switch Date:	  	30 June 2023.
		
	Break Costs:	  	Shall not apply.
		
	Business Day conventions (definition of “Month” and Clause 9.4 (Non-Business Days)):	  	 (a)    If any period is expressed to accrue by reference to a Month or any
number of Months then, in respect of the last Month of that period:
  

i.    subject to paragraph iii below, if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business
Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that calendar month in which that period is to end if there is one, or if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business Day;

 
 ii.   if there is no
numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that calendar month; and
  

iii.    if an Interest Period begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month, that
Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day in the calendar month in which that Interest Period is to end.

		
	 Central Bank Rate:
	  	 (b)    If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a
Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).
  

(a)    The short-term interest rate target set by the US Federal Open Market Committee as
published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York from time to time; or
  

(b)    if that target is not a single figure, the arithmetic mean
of:

  
 Page 152 

			
		  	 (i)  the upper bound of the short-term interest rate target range set by the US Federal
Open Market Committee and published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York; and
  

(ii)   the lower bound of that target range.

		
	Central Bank Rate Adjustment:	  	In relation to the Central Bank Rate prevailing at close of business in London on any RFR Banking Day, the 20% trimmed arithmetic mean (calculated by the Agent) of the Central Bank Rate Spread for the five most immediately preceding
RFR Banking Days for which the RFR is available.
		
	Central Bank Rate Spread:	  	In relation to any RFR Banking Day, the difference (expressed as a percentage rate per annum) calculated by the Agent of (a) the RFR for that RFR Banking Day and (b) the Central Bank Rate prevailing at close of business in
London on that RFR Banking Day.
		
	Credit Adjustment Spread:	  	The five-year historical median difference between LIBOR and the Compounded Reference Rate for the relevant tenor stated as a fixed percentage per annum, as published by Bloomberg as follows:

  

							
	                            	 	 LIBOR
	  	 Tenor
	  	Spread
adjustment
rate (%)
		 	USD	  	Up to and including 3 months	  	0.26161
				
		 	USD	  	Between 3 months up to and including 6 months	  	0.42826

  

			
	Daily Rate:	  	 The “Daily Rate” for any RFR Banking Day is:
  

(a)    the RFR for that RFR Banking Day; or

 
 (b)    if the RFR is not
available for that RFR Banking Day, the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of:
  

(i)  the Central Bank Rate for that RFR Banking Day; and

 
 (ii)   the applicable Central
Bank Rate Adjustment; or

  
 Page 153 

			
	            	  	  

(c)    if paragraph (b) above applies but the Central Bank Rate for that RFR Banking Day
is not available, the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of:
  

(i)  the most recent Central Bank Rate for a day which is no more than 5 RFR Banking Days before that RFR
Banking Day; and
  
 (ii)   the
applicable Central Bank Rate Adjustment,
  
 rounded, in either case, to five decimal
places and if, in either case, the aggregate of that rate and the applicable Credit Adjustment Spread is less than zero, the Daily Rate shall be deemed to be such a rate that the aggregate of the Daily Rate and the applicable Credit Adjustment
Spread is zero.

		
	Lookback Period:	  	Five RFR Banking Days. 
		
	Market Disruption Rate:	  	 The percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of:
  

(a)    the Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate for the Interest Period of the relevant Tranche;
and
  
 (b)    the
applicable Credit Adjustment Spread.

		
	Relevant Market:	  	The market for overnight cash borrowing collateralised by US Government securities.
		
	Reporting Day:	  	The Business Day which follows the day which is the Lookback Period prior to the last day of the Interest Period.
		
	RFR:	  	The secured overnight financing rate (SOFR) administered by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (or any other
person which takes over the publication of that rate).

  
 Page 154 

			
	RFR Banking Day:	  	 A day other than:
  

(a)    a Saturday or Sunday; and

 
 (b)    a day on which the
Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association (or any successor organisation) recommends that the fixed income departments of its members be closed for the entire day for purposes of trading in US Government securities.

		
	Reporting Times	  	
		
	Deadline for Lenders to report market disruption in accordance with Clause 10.3 (Market disruption)	  	Close of business in London on the Reporting Day for the relevant Tranche.
		
	Deadline for Lenders to report their cost of funds in accordance with Clause 10.4 (Cost of funds)	  	Close of business on the date falling three Business Days after the Reporting Day for the relevant Tranche (or, if earlier, on the date falling three Business Days before the date on which interest is due to be paid in respect of
the Interest Period for that Tranche).

  
 Page 155 

 Schedule 7 

Daily non-cumulative compounded RFR rate 

The “Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate” for any RFR Banking Day “i” during an
Interest Period for a Compounded Rate Tranche is the percentage rate per annum (without rounding, to the extent reasonably practicable for the Finance Party performing the calculation, taking into account the capabilities of any software used for
that purpose)) calculated as set out below:  
  
 

 
 where: 
 “UCCDRi” means the Unannualised Cumulative Compounded Daily Rate for that RFR Banking Day “i”; 

“UCCDRi-1” means, in relation
to that RFR Banking Day “i”, the Unannualised Cumulative Compounded Daily Rate for the immediately preceding RFR Banking Day (if any) during that Interest Period; 

“dcc” means 360 or, in any case where market practice in the Relevant Market is to use a different number for quoting the number of
days in a year, that number; 
 “ni” means the number of calendar days from,
and including, that RFR Banking Day “i” up to, but excluding, the following RFR Banking Day; and 
 the “Unannualised Cumulative
Compounded Daily Rate” for any RFR Banking Day (the “Cumulated RFR Banking Day”) during that Interest Period is the result of the below calculation (without rounding, to the extent reasonably practicable for the Finance
Party performing the calculation, taking into account the capabilities of any software used for that purpose): 
  
 

 
 where: 

“ACCDR” means the Annualised Cumulative Compounded Daily Rate for that Cumulated RFR Banking Day; 

“tni” means the number of calendar days from, and including,
the first day of the Cumulation Period to, but excluding, the RFR Banking Day which immediately follows the last day of the Cumulation Period; 

“Cumulation Period” means the period from, and including, the first RFR Banking Day of that Interest Period to, and
including, that Cumulated RFR Banking Day; 
 “dcc” has the meaning given to that term above; and 

  
 Page 156 

 the “Annualised Cumulative Compounded Daily Rate” for that Cumulated RFR
Banking Day is the percentage rate per annum (rounded to five decimal places) calculated as set out below: 
  
 

 
 where: 

“d0” means the number of RFR Banking Days in the Cumulation
Period; 
 “Cumulation Period” has the meaning given to that term above; 

“i” means a series of whole numbers from one to d0, each representing
the relevant RFR Banking Day in chronological order in the Cumulation Period; 
 “DailyRatei-LP” means, for any RFR Banking Day “i” in the Cumulation Period, the Daily Rate for the RFR Banking Day which is the applicable
Lookback Period prior to that RFR Banking Day “i”; 

“ni” means, for any RFR Banking Day “i” in
the Cumulation Period, the number of calendar days from, and including, that RFR Banking Day “i” up to, but excluding, the following RFR Banking Day; 

“dcc” has the meaning given to that term above; and 

“tni” has the meaning given to that term above. 

  
 Page 157 

 Schedule 8 

Cumulative Compounded RFR rate 
 The
“Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate” for any Interest Period for a Compounded Rate Tranche is the percentage rate per annum (rounded to the same number of decimal places as is specified in the definition of “Annualised
Cumulative Compounded Daily Rate” in Schedule 7 (Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate)) calculated as set out below: 

 
 

 
 where: 
 “d0” means the number of RFR Banking Days in the Interest Period; 
 “i” means a
series of whole numbers from one to d0, each representing the relevant RFR Banking Day in chronological order in the Interest Period; 

“DailyRatei-LP” means for any RFR
Banking Day “i” during the Interest Period, the Daily Rate for the RFR Banking Day which is the applicable Lookback Period prior to that RFR Banking Day “i”; 

“ni” means, for any RFR Banking Day “i”, the number of
calendar days from, and including, that RFR Banking Day “i” up to, but excluding, the following RFR Banking Day; 
 “dcc”
means 360 or, in any case where market practice in the Relevant Market is to use a different number for quoting the number of days in a year, that number; and 

“d” means the number of calendar days in that Interest Period. 

  
 Page 158 

 Schedule 9 Form of Compliance Certificate 

 

	To:	 DNB Bank ASA (as Agent) 

 

	From:	 Imperial Petroleum Inc. 

Dated: 
 Dear Sirs 

Tankpunk Inc., MR Roi Inc., Clean Power Inc. and King of Hearts Inc. – $28,000,000 Loan Agreement dated ______________ 2021 (the “Loan
Agreement”) 
  

	1	 We refer to the Agreement. This is a Compliance Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same
meaning when used in this Compliance Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Compliance Certificate. 

  

	2	 The calculations are based on the following figures for the relevant period: 

 

	 	2.1	 [Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash]: $[•] 

 

	 	2.2	 [Adjusted EBITDA]: $[•] 

 

	 	2.3	 [Interest Charges]: $[•] 

 

	 	2.4	 [Total Liabilities]: $[•] 

 

	 	2.5	 [Total Assets]: $[•] 

 

	3	 We confirm that for the relevant period: 

 

	 	3.1	 the ratio of Total Liabilities to Total Assets is [ ]% (and is required to be not more than 70%);

  

	 	3.2	 the ratio of Adjusted EBITDA to Interest Charges is [ ] (and is required to be not less than 2.5:1); and

  

	 	3.3	 the Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash of the Guarantor is $[ ] (and is required to be not less than
[the higher of (i) $500,000 per vessel owned by any member of the Group and (iii) $2,500,000][the higher of (i) $1,000,000 per vessel owned by any member of the Group and (iii) $5,000,000]. 

 

	4	 We confirm that the LTV Coverage is [ ]% as at the date of this Compliance Certificate, based on the Market
Value of the Vessels most recently determined in accordance with clause 18.2 of the Agreement. 

  

	5	 [We confirm that no Default is continuing.]*

  

	
	Signed:
                                         
       

  
  

	* 	 If this statement cannot be made, the certificate should identify any Default that is continuing and the steps,
if any, being taken to remedy it. 

  
 Page 159 

	
	 Chief Financial Officer

Imperial Petroleum Inc.

  
 Page 160 

 Signatures 

The Borrowers 
  

			
	Tankpunk Inc.	  	)
		  	)
	By:/s/ Authorized Person	  	)
		  	)
		
	MR Roi Inc.	  	)
		  	)
	By: :/s/ Authorized Person	  	)
		  	)
		
	Clean Power Inc.	  	)
		  	)
	By: :/s/ Authorized Person	  	)
		  	)
		
	King of Hearts Inc.	  	)
		  	)
	By: :/s/ Authorized Person	  	)
		  	)
	The Guarantor	  	
		  	
	Imperial Petroleum Inc.	  	)
		  	)
	By: :/s/ Authorized Person	  	)
		  	)
	The Bookrunner	  	
		  	
	DNB (UK) Limited	  	)
		  	)
	By: :/s/ Authorized Person	  	)
		  	)

  
 Page 161 

 The Agent 
  

			
	DNB Bank ASA	  	)
		  	)
	By: :/s/ Authorized Person	  	)
		  	)
	The Security Agent	  	
		  	
	DNB Bank ASA	  	)
		  	)
	By: :/s/ Authorized Person	  	)
		  	)
	The Original Lenders	  	
		  	
	DNB (UK) Limited	  	)
		  	)
	By: :/s/ Authorized Person	  	)
		  	
	The Swap Provider	  	
		  	
	DNB Bank ASA	  	)
		  	)
	By: :/s/ Authorized Person	  	)
		  	)

  
 Page 162

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00336-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00336-of-00352.parquet"}]]